Home

User`s Manual

Contents

1. 3univauadWal 6v MIIA 8v 2 9v Sv MIIA vv MAIA v Lv MIIA c LE L NAIA LNOMOT ALISN3G JojouleJed 1 x pul IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 9 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 CONFIGURATION 9NIS 26 SOL 9 96 vol NIVO 3AIHd S6 501 109195 Wuviv 9018 76 201 LINN 3unssaud 26 LOL 26 001 2004 66 0214 p lt p p Cu INONO IMS 0035 HOSN3S NIVO 1O313S dW3l 195540 ALISN3d ALISN3G 136 TWA ALISN3G G3XId SSVI 146 TVA SSVI dW3L LINI ZY ALISN3Q LINI ZV SSVW LINI ZV NOLLWNLONIS OYIZOLNY 6v 8v MIIA 2 9v Sv MIIA vv MAIA v Lv
2. 5 4 551 VCR 5 4 5 5 2 Function Block Execution Control 5 5 5 6 bn aed de cob Ha CENA Ds Cu rn da e di EEUU RE 5 5 5 6 1 Re 5 5 ui sp poipEeny me ere 5 6 56 3 View Ee o I EN 5 6 5 6 4 Al Function Block Parameters andi de u J J 5 16 5 6 5 Transducer Block Parameters 5 18 6 IN PROCESS OPERATIONN 6 1 Mode 1 non PES ERE cxx x Ke ER ARR EEKLGOO OU DUX dd a 6 1 6 2 Generatlon of Alarm nini nd a aaa Cv IUD 6 1 6 2 1 Indication of ABE rad E Ex V E 6 1 6 2 2 Alarms arid Events u a xd daa ERE XN ERE EKKEEU 6 3 6 3 Simulation 7 6 3 7 DEVICE STATUS U J 7 1 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
3. had had had bad had had 9Lg 3INSV 01 L Z60L 4 N N e o e o N N e N 400 47 E sel Zo ha Ee l wi a gs a Es AE sea EES 7 8 7 9 37 45 EE see Laka E w s s j EE i s ee 00 1500 150 300 600 900 900 150 900 1500 150 300 600 900 N 15 4 N 15 PN 10 N 25 PN 40 N 25 PN 100 N 40 PN 40 N 40 PN 100 N 50 PN 40 N 50 PN 63 N 50 PN 100 N 80 PN 40 N 80 PN 63 N 80 PN 100 N 100 PN 16 N 100 PN 40 N 100 PN 63 N 100 PN 10 N 125 PN 16 N 125 PN 40 N 125 PN 63 N 125 PN 10 N 150 PN 16 N 150 PN 40 N 150 PN 63 150 300 600 900 150 300 600 900 150 300 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 yo 1 2 1 2 i e se lt lt Sv 150 505 0142 300 240 240 370 1506 DN 150 PN 100 150 DN 200 PN 40 2005 DN 200 PN 20D2 DN 200 PN 16 EE 55 tr
4. J 3 2 4 Getting Started 4 1 Gon ecti n DEVICES y bg dera celu bna d C 4 1 4 2 Host Setting ei b au ex nnda e pa o boire eU L Lx E d 4 3 4 3 Power on of ROTAMASS and Bus 4 3 4 4 integration od E P 4 3 4 5 Reading the Parameters 4 4 4 6 Continous Record of Values J 4 4 4 7 Qeneration of Alarm URDU Ea 4 4 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa i 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 CONTENTS 5 CONFIGURATION lU 5 1 5 1 Network Design uuu aaa aa 5 1 5 2 Network 5 1 5 3 Function Block Link Definitions 5 2 5 4 Setting of Tags and Addresses uu u 5 3 5 5 Communication
5. 34 36 38 39 of 0 00081 0 00346 0 00950 0 01058 0 02920 p SS 0 00081 000346 000950 01058 0 02920 me et ss T rate per bar HC Density Measurement Adjustment with water and air at calibration temperature Measuring range RCCS30 38 0 3 to 5 RCC 39 39 XR 0 3 to 2 kg l No density measurement for gas application With option K4 thermal stabilized For option K6 see also Special calibrations on page 3 Table 4 Accuracy at calibration conditions Type Option K4 Option K6 RCCS32 0 0005 g cm RCCS33 0 0005 g cm RCC 34 0 0005 g cm RCC 36 0 0022 g cm 0 001 g cm 0 0005 g cm RCC 38 RCC 39 9 Repeatability RCCS32 33 734 39 0 0005 g cm Std Static pressure effect Compensated if static pressure is set in the menu Specification of high performance density measurement option K6 Density calibration Density range 0 3 to 2 5 kg l Ambient temp range 10 C to 509 Fluid temp range 50 C to 150 C Standard 150 C to 350 C HT Minimum flow rate for specified accuracy RCC 36 to RCC 39 700 kg h RCC 34 140 kg h RCCS33 90 kg h RCCS32 37 kg h Maximum flow rate Qnom Repeatability 0 0002 g cm Temperature measurement 0 5 C 0 002 abs T
6. 54 45 171 SHED u A 54 nanasa annara A 55 A5 18 1 Block Alarm BLOCK ALM nsi nana onu anaana ansann A 55 5 19 Example of Block Connections J A 55 APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOALD A 57 A6 1 Benefits of Software A 57 2 amp sss MAE NU AF HUNE NNNM NEU EDAM US MEE EE A 57 A6 3 Preparations for Software Downloading eese A 57 A6 4 Software Download Sequencoe J A 58 A6 5 Download Files_ i LLL naaa A 58 6 6 Steps after Activating Field Device 11 A 59 Iro ubleshoQti Q c A 60 A6 8 Resource Block s Parameters Relating to Software Download A 60 A6 9 System Network Management VFD Parameters Relating to Software Down A 62 A6 10 Comments on System Network Management VFD Parameters Relating to Software Download A 63 APP
7. 8 1 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 ii All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa CONTENTS 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 1 9 1 ATEX 9 1 9727 Technical Data anada 9 1 9 1 2 sic UI uuu aassssssssusassusasissssuspassapqusuypaaskulassasaskakusaspaqusasku 9 5 onm 9 7 9 1 4 Maintenance repairl J J x ERREUR a J 9 7 9 1 5 Ex relevant marking name plate u J eene 9 7 9 2 e Q 9 10 9 2 1 Technical air 9 10 9 2 4 Ex relevant marking on name plate u J 9 14 9 3 u HA 9 18 9 3 1 Technical 9 18 2 2 2 hstallatiOll 9 21 9 33 pec cc i 9 22 9 3 4 Maintenance repair J J ERE BERE E EE xac iR 9 22 9 3 5 Ex relevant marking on name plate J T T 9 22 9 3 6 1 5 fieldbus system complying with FISCO only EF4
8. 1 RCCS32 RCCS33 diameter Wall thick Type Rcc 34 Rcci3s Racci3s Rcc i39 RCC 39 139 XR Inner diameter Wall thick ness Pressure Equipment Directive 97 23 EC RCCS30LR RCCS33 SEP Fluid group 1 Module H Category Fluid group 2 134 38 SEP RCC 39 RCC 39 For all Process Connections 0F12074 5 Vibration Test Acc IEC 60068 2 64 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply AC type 90 V to 264 V 90 V to 250 V for use in hazard ous area DC type 20 5 V to 28 8 V Power consumption max 25 VA 10 W External circuit breaker rating 5 A 250 V In the converter no power switch is installed Fuse on Base Board AC type DC type 2 A T breaking capacity 1500A 2 A T breaking capacity 1500A Isolation Resistance of Converter When surge arrestors are removed between power and ground terminal 100 500 V DC between power and terminals 20 100 V DC between I O terminals and ground 20 100 V DC Dielectric Strength When surge arrestors are removed between power and ground terminal 1 500 V AC for 1 minute Lightning Protection Arresters 2000 A are inside converter for power supply lines Vibration Test Acc IEC 60068 2 64 Electromagnetic Compatibility Acc EN 61326 1 2006 EN 61326 2
9. Lv MIIA c LE L MIIA 9116 uaidv JojouleJed 1 z IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 11 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 CONFIGURATION 89 1s L 921 29 1591 vLL 99 1591 99 1691 611 79 1691 141 59 1se 04 29 1se 16 691 06 1591 6c 1591 82 1691 22 SOL 92 1691 62 1691 1691 22 1591 12 1691 1691 61 1591 8L 1691 LK 3591 1521 SL 1591 VL 1691 L 1891 cL 1591 LE SOL OL 1s L 6 1521 8 6v 8v 2 9v MAIA Sv rtr v Lv MIIA c LE L MIIA JojouleJed 1 x pul 5 12 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 CONFIGURATION 29 1591 041 Ole 16 1891 691 602 09 1691 891 80
10. ava SNLWLS AS ava SN LWLS Ad i04 60 lt oyloads qV8 SNLWLS oyloads Qv8 SNLWLS AS eds SNLWLS edid uoHH3 Jeuo 59018 JOU UOISI AUOD Josues SNLWLS 79 JOU Josues SN LWLS 9je1nooy JOU uolsi AuoO 1osu S SNLWLs 2 JOU uolsi AuoO 1osu S NIVLHSON SNLWLS AS jou uoltsi AuoO 10505 SN LWLS Bnis 1940 HH3 2018 195 edid 01195 1 maS WIV 3dld uono l q fnis A 38 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE 1SNOO oyioeds uoN 0009 S 1V1S 1SNOO 40 9 0009 SNLWLS 15100 oueds uoN GOOD SNLYLS 110 1SNOO 0009 SNLWLS jo orezojny 1SNOO 0009 SN LWLS Ad 1SNOO ouoeds uoN qoo9 SNLWLS 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 39 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Y
11. e Oke t c oo e tr e c e Oe oo tr Ok oo tr c c i s s amp s s 8 22 Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Table 11 Selection Table Process Connection and Materials Installation Length continued Sess 3093 RcCCT34 RCCT36 RCCT38 RCCT39 RCCT39 R RCCT39 XR s s sr s s s s o so 62 240 2510 240 sro seo soo pNzsz0K 240 sro 390 soo DN4010K 240 sro 390 soo 520 eoo DN4020K 240 390 soo 520 600 50105 520 coo 620 Sa 052 5020 500 520 coo 620 co 1000 1020 0 20K 11 DN 100 GC Erza 12
12. 1521 49 402 28 1521 902 18 soz 08 1691 64 1591 voc BL 1591 LL 1591 92 1591 GL 1691 vL 1591 1681 4 4 21 1681 LZ 1591 1591 2 1591 1591 Sr 1691 by 1591 1691 cy 4891 ly 159 1591 6 1591 85 1521 Ze 1681 95 1521 1691 ve 1691 1591 1591 OL 1591 6 8v 2 9v Sv MIIA rtr v Lv MIIA c LE e L MIIA JojouleJed 69 1591 1 IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 13 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 CONFIGURATION ez 6 86 201 28 vL 5 19 26 59 Sy 19782 0971891 2 22 2 89 1891 91 29891 su giz 95 1801 99 189 180 y 1891 1 maia maa maa maa maa mata maa A uns
13. 9 24 9 4 INMETHO Brazil SEE aa ERE 9 25 95 NEPSI Chi a sas onic ond de Ee d inde xoa E Re 9 25 9 6 Gost 0 Me DE 9 25 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa iii IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 CONTENTS ace 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTA Resource BlocK l UU GU Gti did E A 1 A1 2 Al F nctio n Ma QUK VENEREM KNEES nnkan Nanini anana 4 Transd c er Block U UU u a A 8 ALA Integrator IT 16 A1 4 1 Schematic Diagram of Integrator Block 16 A1 4 2 Input process S ction SEN Ru CERE pU 17 A1 4 2 1 Determining Input Value Statuses l T A 17 A14 2 2 Converting the Rat J rientra etna usus usss sasawa sawas dansii unasaidia Eni A 17 A1 4 2 3 Converting Accumulation u u u nnne nennen A 18 A1 4 2 4 Determining the Input Flow PDOoirection A 18 uu A 18 A
14. c MAIA LE L MIIA OH3ZOLRV JojouleJed 1 z 5 10 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 CONFIGURATION 1591 01 651 6 851 0c NOISIA3H 3SV3d T13H ZEL 01 asva1au 951 91 H31H3ANOO ON viH3S LOOX SEL 91 HOLO313G ON VIH3S 1004 9 44309 v 44309 dWal 5 HaiHHVO 9 44309 HaiHHVO V 44309 ALISN3Q 39N3H343H 3univH3dW3l 3ON3u3d3H G o wns WuvTv INHOJH3d S8V 16 59 LSIH Yuya LSIH SNIWLS ONHVM Snivis WIV SNIWLS uud N WOtid33 1531 4135 AINT NOISOHHOO NOISOHHOO 73 WIV NOISOHHOO 3dld 3dld ALdWA 146 WW 3dld ALdW3 NIVO 3AIHG 6v MIIA 8v 2 9v Sv MIIA vv MAIA v
15. c c o o o o o 2 c o o 9 o EF l 540 BEEN pee m a a E a a Ed aa a a a em a a a a Beal a a a cer P Ee 0 0 0 0 N ojo m o olo olo 19191915 91915 o o io to to co co s io lo lt lt lt Ol IO iO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OOO NN AAS b F O 00 kad had
16. J J l A 50 A5 7 Control Action amp ER OR A 51 5 5 Feed fOr Wai uuu uu o nd ADU ERR ERR ERR RR A 51 BSS Block NIod s A 51 A5 9 1 Mode Transitions iix UU kv a asa asua sss a En aw a o Kid E a E A 52 A5 10 Bumpless 52 A5 11 Setpoint III 52 5 111 When PID Block Is in AUTO Mode A 52 5 11 2 When PID Block Is in CAS or RCAS A 52 A5 12 External output Tracking A 53 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa V 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 CONTENTS 5 13 Measured value Tracking J A 53 A5 13 1 CONTROL Eo occ Eai A 53 A5 14 Initialization and Manual Fallback IMAN A 53 AB 15 Fallback VER u QU QU DU EA DICE KR CK KE EE VES MEER OE A 54 15 1 STATUS 54 A5 16 Auto uuu awa sapi cnc EV i A 54 A5 17 Mode Shedding upon Computer Failure
17. 5 14 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 Table 5 13 View Objects for the Al Function Blocks 5 CONFIGURATION Table 5 14 View Objects for PID Function Block Optional i VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Relative VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW ea Parameter Mnemonic 4 2 3 4 Index Parameter Mnemonic 2 3 4 1 ST_REV 2 2 2 2 1 ST REV 2 2 2 2 2 TAG DESC 2 DESC 5 STRATEGY 3 STRATEGY 2 4 ALERT KEY 4 ALERT_KEY 1 5 MOLE BLK 4 4 5 MODE_BLK 4 4 6 BLOCK ERR 2 2 6 BLOCK_ERR 2 2 5 5 7 PV 5 5 5 8 OUT 5 5 Sour 5 9 SIMULATE 10 PV_SCALE 11 10 SCALE 11 11 OUT SCALE 11 11 OUT SCALE 11 12 GRANT DENY 2 12 GRANT DENY 2 13 CONTROL OPTS 2 13 IO OPTS 2 14 STATUS OPTS 2 14 SIATUS OPTS 2 15 IN 5 15 CHANNEL 2 16 PV FTINE 4 16 LTYPE 17 BYPASS 1 17 LOW CUT 4 18 CAS IN 5 5 18 PV 19 SP RATE DN 20 SP RATE UP 19 VAL 5 5 21 HI 20 UPDATE EVP 22 LO 21 BLOCK ALM 23 GAIN 4 22 ALARM SUM 8 8 EP 23 OPTION 2 25 BAL TIME P 24 ALARM HYS 4 26 RATE F 25 HIHI PRI 1 27 BKCAL IN 5 26 HI HI LIM 4 28 OUT HI LIM 27 HI PRI 1 29 OUT LO 28 HLLIM 4 30 BKCAL_HYS 4 29 IO PRI 1 31 BKCA
18. O S Indicates the empty pipe criteria when EMPTY PIPE ALM SELECT is set to Empty Pipe Sel Crit actual density Indicates the dual seal criteria when EMPTY PIPE ALM SELECT is set to Dual Seal Sel Crit gt actual density 110 2110 AFTER EMPTY PIPE Mass flow zero O S Selects the behaviour of the output mass flow after empty pipe alarm or dual seal alarm has happened When the parameter is selected Mass flow zero the output mass flow is zero Measured Value the output mass flow is the measured value Hold the output mass flow is the value before the empty pipe alarm happened When the value of EMPTY PIPE ALM SE LECT is Not Apply users cannot change this value 111 2111 CORROSION ALM SEL Not Apply O S This parameter enables the functions of CORROSION CRIT and CORROSION DAMP When this value is Not Apply they do not perform When this value is Apply they do perform If gas measurement is ordered this parameter is not available The value is Not 112 2112 CORROSION CRIT 1 5 O S Indicate the corrosion criteria value When the value of CORROSION ALM SEL is Not Apply users cannot change this value Range 0 to 5kg l Unit depends on DENSITY VALUE RANGE units index All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 13 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMA
19. Default addresses Portable device addresses F0501 EPS Figure 51 Available Range of Node Addresses IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 To ensure stable operation of Fieldbus determine the operation parameters and set them to the LM devices While the parameters in Table 5 2 are to be set the worst case value of all the devices to be connected to the same Fieldbus must be used Refer to the specification of each device for details Table 5 2 lists ROTAMASS specification values Table 5 2 Operation Parameter Values of ROTAMASS to be Set to LM Device Symbol V ST Parameters Description and S ettings Slot Time Indicates the time necessary for immediate reply of the device Unit of time is in octets 256 us Set maximum specification for all devices For a Rotamass set a value of 4 or greater Minimum value of communication data intervals Unit of time is in octets 256 us Set the maximum specification for all devices For a Rotamass set a value of 4 or greater Minimum Inter PDU Delay V MID The worst case time elapsed until a reply is recorded The unit is Slot time set the value so that V MRD 3V ST is the maximum value of the specification for all devices For a Rotamass value of V MRD 3V ST must be 12 or greater Maximum Response Delay 0502 5 5 3 Function Block Link Definitions Link the input output param
20. anpe GVE SNLVLS ava sn1vls snes qavg einjeJ snes qvg nirej 5 avg eunjeJ 5 avg einjeJ snes avg einieJ 1ndul 5 qvg nirej3 Indu ane 30018 uud MOOT uua MOOT uua 0018 dud 30018 Yuya 30018 HH3 MOOT S0 3 70 3 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 35 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE Qva 8 1118110 snes Ndu Hu 30018 sns qvg einjeJ 30018 snes qvg eneJ Indu smes qvg nlte3 induy sns qvg niea1ndul uua MOOT snieis qvg eunjeJ uua snes avg eines smeis avg einje Huq snes indu tia snes qvg einireJ induy uu 3OO18 snes qvg nirej Ndu snes avg einie4 Idul 2 8 811 18 Ag enjre4 ava snivLs anea eoweq ava snivis aney ava snivis A anle eoweq ava snivis anes eoweg ava snivis 140413 penas uouua 0018 enjre4 105495 01 8 5011 15 AQ aney 105495 qvg sn vLS amp injrej 1 5
21. 11 2011 XD ERROR 0 No Error Indicates the error code of the error of the highest priority from among the errors currently occurring in the transducer block failure Range 127 CPU failure to 100 Autozero out of Range 12 2012 COLLECTION DIRECTORY A directory that specifies the number start ing indices and DD Item IDS of the data collections in each transducer within a transducer block 13 2013 CAL POINT HI 0 5 The highest calibrated value To set within the range of SENSOR RANGE 14 2014 CAL POINT LO 0 O S The lowest calibrated value To set within the range of SENSOR RANGE 15 2015 CAL MIN SPAN 1500 The minimum calibration span value allowed 1096 of SENSOR RANGE 16 17 2016 2017 CAL UNIT SENSOR TYPE kg h Coriolis 101 The engineering unit for the calibrated sensor Indicates the sensor type which is Coriolis for the Rotamass 18 2018 SENSOR RANGE The high low range limits values engineering units code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for the sensor 19 2019 SENSOR_SN Serial No The serial number of the connected sensor 20 2020 SENSOR CAL METHOD Dynamic weigh 102 O S The method of the last sensor calibration 21 2021 SENSOR CAL LOC YOKOGAWA O S Sets indicates the location of the last sen
22. om o os 15 anom um 0045 037 oss m 5 17 50 170 30 600 Qnom un 3 1 32 10 250 500 Qnom is the water flow at about 1 bar pressure drop The flowmeter has a default low cut of 0 05 of Qnom Accuracy mass flow refer to table 2 Liquid RCCS30 39 XR x 0 1 of flow rate zero stability flow rate 100 Gas option GA x 0 5 of flow rate zero stability flow rate 100 Accuracy volume flow SQRT mass flow error in 96 density error in Please refer to Yokogawa sizing software Accuracy based on the frequency output includes the combined effects of repeatability linearity and hysteresis Repeatability for liquids 0 0596 zero stability 2 flow rate 100 ooooo Error in 96 o kr 0 3 0 5 0 6 707 Kr 0 9 1 0 50 100 150 Flow in of Fi EPS Table 2 Zero Stability RCC 39 139 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Pressure Dependency The stiffness of the ROTAMASS tubes is slightly line pressure dependent The static pressure effect of mass flow and density can be corrected by setting the static pressure manually via menu Table 3 Static pressure effect on mass flow if not corrected be e gt nem emn en Se
23. seconds 19 40194119 42194319 FIELD VAL Raw value of the field device in percent of thePV range with a status reflecting the Transducer condition before signal characterization TYPE filtering PV FTIME or low cut LOW CUT 20 1402014120 42204320 UPDATE_EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data 21 4021412142214321 BLOCK ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed 22 4022412242224322 ALARM SUM The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 23 4023412342234323 OPTION Oxffff AUTO Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged 24 40244124 42244324 ALARM HYS 0 5 AUTO Amount the PV must return within the alarm limits before the alarm condition clears Alarm Hysteresis is expressed as a percent of the PV span 0 to 50 25 40254125 42254325 PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the high high alarm 0 1 15 26 140264126 42264326 HI 1 The setting
24. 20 C not 0 5 C 0 008 aDS T 2070 HT Density accuracy only for liquids one phase Process temperature influence 0 000015 g cm abs T 20 C IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 medium 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Measurement Temperature measuring range of converter Standard LT MT 200 C to 230 C Option HT 0 C to 350 C Accuracy Standard 70 C to 150 C 0 5 C 0 005 abs T 20 C Option 200 C to 150 C 1 0 C 0 008 abs T saiun 20 C Option MT 70 C to 260 C 0 5 C 0 005 abs T 2070 Option HT 0 C to 350 C amp 1 0 C 0 008 abs T 20 C For process temperatures more than 80 C higher lower than ambient temperature the detector should be insulated to maintain optimum accuracy Heat Tracing Heating with heat carrier insulation and protection housing Typically the max surface temperature at the protection housing from inner heating is 40 C at Tamb 20 C Above 150 C process temperature insulation from the manufac turer is recommended However up to 230 C process tem perature the customer can insulate the detector himself For this case order option S2 Option T1 only insulation and protection Option T2 insulation protection and heating line Option T3 like T2 but with ventilation Process connection for the heat carrier fluid see table 10 for D type flanges EN DN 15 PN 40 Fo
25. 32 2032 VOLUME FLOW LOWCUT 0 O S Lowcut value of the volume flow Setting range 0 to 10 of VOLUME FLOW VALUE RANGE EU100 33 2033 DENSITY_VALUE Density flow value 34 2034 DENSITY VALUE RANGE 5 kg l Density value range 35 2035 DENSITY VALUE 3s Time constant of damping for the density calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200s 36 2036 DENSITY LOWCUT 0 O S Lowcut value of the density Setting range 0 to 10 of DENSITY VALUE RANGE EU100 37 2037 TEMPERATURE VALUE Temperature value 38 2038 TEMPERATURE VALUE RANGE 230 C Range of temperature value Standard version 200 to 230 C High temperature version 0 to 400 C 39 2039 TEMPERATURE VALUE FTIME 35 Time constant of damping for the temperature calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200s 40 2040 CONCENTR MEAS VALUE Concentration measurement value 41 2041 CONCENTR MEAS VALUE RANGE 100 Range of concentration measurement 42 2042 CONCENTR MEAS VALUE FTIME 10s Time constant of damping for the concentration measurement calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200 s 43 2043 CONCENTR MEAS LOWCUT 0 O S Lowcut value of the concentration measure ment Setting range 0 to 10 of CONCENTR _ MEAS VALUE RANGE EU100 44 2044 FLOW VALUE Net flow value 45 2045 FLOW VALUE RANGE Netflow value range Depend on detector size 46 2046 NET FLOW VALUE FTIME 3s Time constant of damping for the net flow rate calculation Setting range
26. FA0202 EPS Example To measure 0 to 100t h Set t h 1328 1 in Units Index of XD_SCALE Set 100 in EU at 100 of SCALE and Set 0 in EU at 096 of XD SCALE Access the OUT SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of OUT SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the upper range limit in EU at 100 of OUT SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the lower range limit in EU at 0 of OUT SCALE FA0203 EPS Example To set the output range to 0 00 to 100000 00kg h Set kg h 1324 in Units Index of OUT SCALE Set 100000 in EU at 100 of OUT SCALE Set 0 in EU at 0 of OUT SCALE The AI2 block performs the volume flow out put calculation 2 1 Setting the calibration ran Access the SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of XD SCALE Set the upper range limit in EU at 100 of XD SCALE Set the lower range limit in EU at 026 of XD SCALE FA0202 EPS All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS Example To measure 0 to 10m3 h Set m h 1349 1 in Units Index of XD_SCALE Set 10 in EU at 100 of XD_SCALE and Set 0 in EU at 0 of XD_SCALE Access the OUT_SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of OUT SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the upper range limit in EU at 100 of OUT SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the lower range limit in
27. KEMA O2ATEX 2183 X Flame proof with intrinsic safe connection to detector ib I 2G Ex d ib IIC T6 T3 Gb or Ex d e ib IIC T6 T3 G I 2G Ex d ib IIB T6 T3 Gb or Ex d e ib IIB T6 T3 Gb with option HP I 2G Ex d ib op is IIC T6 T3 Gb I 2D Ex ib tb T150 C Db Max surface temperature 150 C Degree of protection 66 67 Power supply 90 to 250 V AC 50 60 Hz 20 5 to 28 8 V DC Power consumption max 25 VA 10 W Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 40 C to 55 C Process temperature limits 50 C to 150 C IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 2 Integral type RCCT34 39 XR option KF4 2 2183 X Flame proof with intrinsic safe connection to detector ib Additional intrinsic safe FF output ia 1 G Ex d ib ia Ga IIC T6 T3 Gb or Ex de ib ia Ga IIC T6 T3 Gb 2 1 G Ex d ib IIC Ga IIB T6 T3 Gb or Ex de ib IIC Ga IIB T6 T3 Gb with option HP 2 1 D Ex ib tb ia Da T150 C Db Max surface temperature 150 C Degree of protection 66 67 Power supply 90 to 250 V AC 50 60 Hz 20 5 to 28 8 V DC Power consumption max 25 VA 10 W Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 40 C to 55 C Process temperature limits 50 C to 150 C The electronics of RCCT3 and RCCF31 are placed in a pressure tight section of the converter h
28. O S Options which the user may select in the block processing of status bit 3 Propagate Failure Forward bit 8 Uncertain if Man mode 4415 4515 CHANNEL 5 15 6 16 O S The number of the logical hardware channel that is connected to this block This information defines the transducer to be used going to or from the physical world 16 4416 4516 L TYPE Direct 1 MAN Determines if the values passed by the transducer block to the AI block may be used directliy Direct 1 or if the value is in different units and must be converted lineary Indirect 2 or with square root Ind Sqr Root 3 using the input range defined by the transducer and the associated output range Indirect Square Root is not used for Rotamass IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 0102 3 5 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS Ms AIS XT Parameter Name d iie Explanation 17 4417 4517 LOW_CUT 0 0 Al5 AUTO Sets low cut point of output This low cut value become 0 0 16 available by setting Low cutoff to IO OPTS 18 1441814518 PV FTIME 0 AUTO Time constant of a single exponential filter for the PV in seconds 19 1441914519 FIELD_VAL Raw value of the field device in percent of thePV r
29. Problems or damage resulting from repairs or modifications not performed by Yokogawa or someone authorized by Yokogawa Problems or damage resulting from inappropri ate installation after delivery Problems or damage resulting from disasters such as fires earthquakes storms floods or lightning strikes and external causes 1 3 Instruction according EMC The ROTAMASS Coriolis flowmeter is conform to the European Guideline and fulfills the following standards EN 61326 1 2006 EN 61326 2 3 2006 EN 61000 3 2 2006 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 A2 ROTAMASS is a class A product and should be used and installed properly according to the EMC Class A requirements All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 1 INTRODUCTION Restriction on Use of Radio Transceiver IMPORTANT Although the products has been designed to resist high frequency electrical noise if a radio transceiver is used near the flowmeter or its external wiring the transmitter may be affected by high frequency noise pickup To test for such effects bring the transceiver in use slowly from a distance of several meters from the flowmeter and observe the measurement loop for noise effects Thereafter always use the transceiver outside the area affected by noise Installation The function ground terminal or the PE terminal have to be connected to protective ground to ensure electro magnetic interference protection To ensure
30. Publisher Sends Al DI block output to other blocks Subscriber Receives output of other blocks by PID block Ox44 Ox66 0 76 FasDllLocalAddr Sets the local address to specify a VCR in the Rotamass A range of 20 to F7 in hexadecimal FasDlIConfigured RemoteAddr Sets the node address of the called party for communication and the address DLSAP or DLCEP used to specify VCR in that address For DLSAP or DLCEP a range of 20 to F7 in hexadecimal is used Addresses in Subindex 2 and 3 need to be set to the same contents of the VCR as the called party local and remote are reversed FasDIISDAP Specifies the quality of communication Usually one of the following types is set Ox2B Server 0x01 Source Alert 0x03 Source Trend Ox91 Publisher Subscriber FasDIIMaxConfirm DelayOnConnect To establish connection for communication a maximum wait time for the called party s response is set in ms Typical value is 60 secounds 60000 FasDIIMaxConfirm DelayOnData For request of data a maximum wait time for the called party s response is set in ms Typical value is 60 secounds 60000 FasDIIMaxDIsduSize Specifies maximum DL Service Data unit Size DLSDU Set 256 for Server and Trend VCR and 64 for other VCRs FasDllResidual ActivitySupported Specifies whether connection is monitored Set TRUE Oxff for Server This parameter is not used for other
31. mass flow Volume flow Density Temperature Con centration measurement Net flow NM E ded is selected IT 2 30ms For mass total Volume total Net total Link Master function Link Master LM function is supported See Ordering information x Coaxial 1 x AWG20 shielded twisted overall shielding flame propagation acc IEC 60332 1 Table 6 Cable specifications Model code Temperature Wire gauge Resistance of Capacitance Capacitance Inductance range loop wire wire wire shield wire wire 6 37 120 nF km 132 nF km 0 175 mH km AWG 20 70 145 290 nF km 0 70 mH km Coaxial 37 O km 120 nF km 132 nF km 0 175 mH km 50 to 105 C AWG20 70 145 nF km 290nFkm 0 70 mH km Coaxial 37 O km 120 nF km 132 nF km 0 175 mH km RCCY033 9010 1105 AWG 20 70 145 nF km 290 nF km 0 70 mH km o Coaxial 37 O km 120 nF km 132 nF km 0 175 mH km disable AWG 20 70 145 290 0 70 mH km IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa PRESSURE LOSS Pressure loss depends on velocity viscosity and density of the fluid For newtonian fluids the pressure loss is shown in table 8 1 1 mPas Table 8 Pressure loss 550 Rccsse 66553 gt Te nom row III NOTE For correct pressure loss determination please use the
32. 5 CONFIGURATION Node addresses are used to locate devices for communication purposes Since a PD tag is too long for a data value the host substitutes the node addressed for PD tags in communication Node addresses can be set to numbers in a range of decimal 16 to 247 hexadecimal 10 to F7 As sign devices having link master functionality i e LM devices from the smallest address number 0x10 in order and other devices i e basic de vices from the largest OxF7 Assign an address in the range for basic devices to a ROTAMASS Only when using a ROTAMASS with the optional LM functionality as an LM device assign an ad dress in the range for LM devices to it These address ranges are determined by the following parameters Table 5 1 Parameters for Setting Address Range Symbol Parameters Description V First Unpolled Node Indicates the address next to the address range used for the host or other LM device V Number of Unused address range consecutive Unpolled Node T0501 EPS Any devices within an address range written as Unused in Figure 5 1 cannot join the fieldbus Other address ranges are periodically scanned to find any devices newly joining the fieldbus Do not widen the available address ranges unneces sarily the fieldbus communication performance may be severely degraded Unused Bridge device LM devices V FUN Unused Basic devices
33. A1 4 4 Integrator When addition is complete its result will be These are the following 4 types of integration values passed to the integrator 1 Total Integrates the result of the adder as is Integration consists of combination of a reset 2 ATotal Integrates the absolute value of the method and counting au down These are the fol result of the adder lowing seven integration types which can be set 3 Rtotal Integrates the absolute value of the using INTEG_TYPE result of the adder only if the status of the 1 UP_AUTO Counts up with automatic reset result is BAD when TOTALSP is reached This value is used for the RTOTAL value 2 UP_DEM Counts up with demand reset 4 AccTotal Am extension function The result 3 DN_AUTO Counts down with automatic reset of the adder is integrated as is and will not when zero is reached be reset 4 DN DEM Counts down with demand reset 5 PERIODIC Counts up and is reset periodically The value is used for the ACCUM TOTAL expand according to CLOCK PER parameter value 6 DEMAND Counts up and is reset on demand The table A2 1 shows the details of INTEG TYPE 7 PER amp DEM Counts up and is reset periodically or on demand Each type of integration is independently run as a function All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 19 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS Table A2 1 INTEG_TYPE Reset Trigg
34. Al4 Block is simulation mode W 44 Remedy Change the Simulation En Disable AI4 SIMULATE SIMULATE ENABLE to Disabled All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 77 IM 01R04B05 00E E th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 8 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM FIELDMATE AND PRM Not Scheduled W 51 AI2 Not Scheduled W 52 AI3 Not Scheduled W 53 14 Not Scheduled W 54 Block is not scheduled W 51 Remedy Make a schedule of Al1 Block Warning Al2 Block is not scheduled W 52 Remedy Make a schedule of AI2 Block AI3 Block is not scheduled W 53 Remedy Make a schedule of AI3 Block Al4 Block is not scheduled W 54 Remedy Make a schedule of AI4 Block Figure A8 4 Configuration Optional 2 DeviceViewer FT3004 File Mode View Settings 2 Device Path Built in Connection Device Tag FT3004 Diagnostic Information Trend Information Alarm Display Diagnostic Parameter List AIS in 0 5 Mode A 27 AIS in Man Mode W 25 AIS Simulation Active W 45 AIS Not Scheduled w 55 AI6 in 5 Mode A 28 AI6 in Man Mode W 26 AI6 Simulation Active W 46 16 Not Scheduled w 56 Simulation Switch ON Parameter List Title Parameter Name Value Unit Quality Mass Flow Value 01 55 FL Volume Flow Value _ _ Density Value TBO1 DENSITY Temperature
35. Non Density Value TBO1 DENSITY 0 000000 Good NC Non Temperature Value TEO1 TEMPERA 21 927017 degC Good NC Non Concentration 01 0 000000 WT Good NC Non Net Flow Value TBO1 NET FLO 0 000000 th Good NC Non Ready 4 Table 8 5 Others IT1 in O S mode A 29 Alarm IT1 Block is in O S mode A 29 Remedy Change the IT1 Block Mode Target IT1 MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other mode In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode If it is an unused function set ALARM PERFORM bit6 to 0 IT1 in Man mode W 27 Warning IT1 Block is in Man mode W 27 Remedy Change the IT1 Block Mode Target IT1 MODE to Auto or other mode IT1 Not Scheduled W 57 Warning IT1 Block is not scheduled W 57 Remedy Make a schedule of IT1 Block IT1 Conf Err W 71 IT1 Clock Period IT1 CLOCK_PER is smaller than IT1 Period of Execution EXECUTION_PERIOD W 71 Remedy Change the value as IT1 Clock Period IT1 CLOCK_PER is larger than IT1 Period of Execution EXECUTION PERIOD IT1 Total Backup Err W 73 Warning IT1 Total Backup failed Last IT1 Output Value IT1 LAST VALUE could not save W 73 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center IT2 in O S mode A 30 Alarm IT2 Block is in O S mode A 30 Remedy Change the IT2 Block Mode Target IT2 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode In addition check th
36. Process temperature limits Standard 50 C to 150 C MT 50 C to 260 C MT not T 50 C to 320 C Heat carrier fluid temperature limits Standard 0 C to 150 C Option MT 0 C to 260 C Remote detector RCCS34 39 XR option ES1 Intrinsically safe Ex ib IIB IIC T1 T6 Gb Ex ib Db max surface temperature see below Max surface temperature Standard LT 150 C MT 220 HT 350 C Degree of protection IP67 Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 50 C to 80 C Option HT process temperature lt 280 C 50 C to 65 C Option HT process temperature lt 350 C 50 C to 55 C Process temperature limits Standard 50 C to 150 C Option MT 50 C to 220 C Option HT 0 C to 350 C Option LT 200 C to 150 C Heat carrier fluid temperature limits Standard 0 C to 150 C Option MT 0 to 220 C Option HT 0 C to 350 C IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa Remote converter RCCF31 option EF3 Flame proof with intrinsic safe connection to detector ib Ex d ib IIC T6 Gb or Ex d e ib IIC T6 Gb Ex d ib IIB T6 Gb or Ex d e ib IIB T6 Gb with option HP Ex tb ib T75 C Db Max surface temperature 75 C Degree of protection IP66 67 Power supply
37. Signature Company stamp All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 1 7 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 1 INTRODUCTION r rn X Dank Page IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 1 8 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 2 ANPLIFIER FOR FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION 2 AMPLIFIER FOR FOUNDATION FIELD BUS COMMUNICATION Refer to IM 01R04B04 00E for the details of the amplifier This section encompasses topics ap plicable to only the Fieldbus communication type 1 The FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type has no local key access function 2 The FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type has no HART terminal connection pin 3 The FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type has a simulation function The SIMU LATE ENABLE jumper is mounted on the amplifier Refer to Section 6 3 Simulation Function for details of the simulation function Std FF Board w Cable to display JP Simulate Enable F0201 EPS Figure 2 1 Amplifier for FOUNDATION Field bus Communication All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 2 AMPLIFIER FOR FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION Xs D rk Page mas 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 2 2 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 3 ABOUT FIELDBUS 3
38. WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCT3 option FF3 DS Control Drawing No 8300026 Class Division 1 Group A B C D Class II Division 1 Group F G AEx d ia IIC Class 1 Zone 1 T6 Conduit Seals required within 18 inches Use Conductors rated 70 C TYPE NEMA 4X IP67 WAIT 15 POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE Dual Seal RCCS3 option FS1 Control Drawing No 8300027 IS Class I Division 1 Group A B C D T6 Class II Division 1 Group E F G AEx ia IIC Class I Zone 0 Use Conductors rated 20 C above max ambient temperature TYPE NEMA 4X IP67 Temperature Class see Control Drawing IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 14 option HP Control Drawing No 8300026 Class Division 1 Group C D Class II III Division 1 Group E F G AEx d ia IIB Class Zone 1 T6 Conduit Seals required within 18 inches Use Conductors rated 70 C TYPE NEMA 4X IP67 AN WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCF31 option FF3 HP Control Drawing No 8300027 Class Division 1 Group C D AIS Class I II Division 1 Group C D E F G Class II III Division 1 Group E F G AEx d ia IIB Class Zone 1 T6 Conduit Seals required within 18 inches Use Conductors rated 70 C TYPE NEMA 4X IP67 AN
39. 0 to 350 C Option LT 200 C to 150 C Heat carrier fluid temperature limits Standard O C to 150 C Option MT 0 C to 220 C Option HT 0 C to 350 C 9 1 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Remote converter RCCF31 option KF3 KEMA O2ATEX 2183 X Flame proof with intrinsic safe connection to detector ib I 2G Ex d ib IIC T6 Gb or Ex d e ib IIC T6 Gb I 2G Ex d ib IIB T6 Gb or Ex d e ib IIB T6 Gb with option HP I 2D Ex tb ib T75 C Db Max surface temperature 75 C Degree of protection 66 67 Power supply 90 to 250 V AC 50 60 Hz 20 5 to 28 8 V DC Power consumption max 25 VA 10 W Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 40 C to 55 C Remote converter RCCF31 option KF4 KEMA 2 2183 X Flame proof with intrinsic safe connection to detector ib Additional intrinsic safe FF output ia Ex d e ia Ga ib IIC T6 Gb 12 1 G Ex d IIC Ga ib IIB T6 Gb or Ex de ia IIC Ga ib IIB T6 Gb with option HP 12 1 D Ex tb ia Da ib T75 C Db Max surface temperature 75 C Degree of protection 66 67 Power supply 90 to 250 V AC 50 60 Hz 20 5 to 28 8 V DC Power consumption max 25 VA 10 W Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 40 C to 55 C Integral type RCCT34 39 XR option KF3
40. 0 Indicates the software module revision 0 0 0 58 1058 SOFTDWN ERROR Indicates an error during a software downlod See TableA6 4 I 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 60 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa Table A6 4 Download Error Codes APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Error Code Detail 0 No error 32768 Unsupported header version 32769 Abnormal header size 32770 Abnormal manufacturer ID 32771 Abnormal device family 32772 Abnormal device revision 32773 Abnormal vendor specification version 32774 Abnormal number of modules 32775 Abnormal number of bytes in module 1 32776 Abnormal number of bytes in module 2 32777 Device error in module 1 32778 Checksum error in module 1 32779 Checksum error in file 32780 Unused 32781 Write prohibited area in FlashROM 32782 Verification error during FlashROM writing 32783 Polling error during FlashROM erasing 32784 Polling time out during FlashROM erasing 32785 Polling error during FlashROM writing 32786 Polling time out during FlashROM writing 32787 FlashROM driver undefined number error 32788 File endcode error 32789 File type error UPDATE ORIGINAL 32790 FlashROM driver undefined number error 32791 On start state error other than DWNLD READY 32792 Start segment error in module 1 32793 Binary
41. 0 1 to 200s 47 2047 FLOW LOWCUT 0 O S Low cut value of the net flow Setting range 0 to 10 of NET FLOW VALUE RANGE EU100 48 2048 VELOCITY VALUE 0 0 _ The Velocity of the Medium Not available for gas measurement GA 49 2049 VELOCITY UNITS INDEX m sec O S This parameter shows the unit of the Velocity Range m s or ft s 50 2050 DISPLAY SELECT 1 Mass flow Value displayed on the 1st line of the LCD display 51 2051 DISPLAY SELECT 2 Volume flow Value displayed on the 2nd line of the LCD display 52 2052 DISPLAY SELECT Density Value displayed on the 3rd line of the LCD display 53 2053 DISPLAY_SELECT_4 Temperature Value displayed on the 4th line of the LCD display Depends on detector size For RCCF31 not combined with detector data for RCCS36 are stored All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 9 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS Relative Index Parameter Name Factory Default Write Explanation Index Mode 54 2054 DISP DECIMAL MASS FLOW The decimal point position of the mass flow value on the LCD display 55 2055 DISP DECIMAL VOLUME FLOW xxxx XX The decimal point position of the volume flow value on the LCD display 56 2056 DISP DECIMAL DENSITY XX XXXX The decimal point position of the de
42. 10 1020 1100 121 125 10K n 1222 0N 125 20K 1000 1020 157 ON 160 10K 700 1522 DN 150 20K 1700 1100 osa onis 1 IRE eee oos ow 25 240 sro 240 svo MER ON 6c eS 0 MESSEN coo DN 100 NESSUN 2 Esse RES ES e t 0258 240 so 50 so Fosse gt Wa e coo oss a 0252 pwzs 240 so MESSEN E EUREN osse On 50 1052 DN ioc M 4168 Gx femsie 260 s Pores e female 260 300 2352 260 300 formate 260 CUN URN Fore 260 soo 2579 260 590 A Flanges according to JIS B 2220 Rights Reserved Copyright
43. 9600 300 ms 278 SM START ENTRY 3to Not set to START ENTRY 14 289 SM 0503 5 maximum of 30 ms is taken for execution of each Al block Arrange the communication schedule for an Al block s data that is to be trans ferred to its downstream block in such a way that it starts after a lapse of longer than 30 ms Figure 5 3 shows typical function block and com munication schedules for the loop shown in Figure 5 2 ROTAMASS 1 FC100 F0502 EPS Figure 5 2 Example of Loop Connecting Func tion Blocks of two ROTAMASS with other Devices 5 CONFIGURATION Macrocycle Control Period lt gt Function BKCAL OUT OU T BKCAL IN BKCAL OUT Scheduled Communicatior F0503 EPS Figure 5 3 Function Block Schedule and Communication Schedule When the control period macro cycle is set to more than 4 seconds set the following interval to be more than 196 of the control period Interval between end of block execution and start of sending CD from LAS Interval between end of block execution and start of the next block execution 5 4 Setting of Tags and Addresses This section describes the steps in the proce dure to set the PD tags and node address in the ROTAMASS There are three states of Fieldbus devices as shown in Figure 5 4 and if the state is other than the lowest OPERATIONAL state no function block
44. ASME B16 5 EN flange PN 16 process connection dim facing acc EN 1092 1 Form B1 EN flange PN 40 process connection dim facing acc EN 1092 1 Form B1 EN flange PN 63 process connection dim facing acc EN 1092 1 Form B2 EN flange PN 100 process connection dim facing acc EN 1092 1 Form B2 JIS flange 10K JIS B 2220 JIS flange 20K JIS B 2220 Thread acc DIN 11851 Clamp process connection dimensions acc DIN 32676 Clamp process connection dim acc Tri Clover Tri Clamp 72 Mini Clamp G female thread NPT female thread Material of wetted parts SH 3161 1 4404 and Hastelloy C 22 2 4602 for tube only RCCS30 to 33 Stainless steel 316L 1 4404 only RCCS34 to 39 XR Hastelloy C 22 2 4602 only RCCS34 to 39 IR 7 see selection table Process connection and materials table 11 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 18 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Remote Detector RCCS3 Option Code Option Description Restrictions code Hazardous Area Approvals ATEX intrinsically safe approval FM approval for USA Canada only with cable conduit IECEx intrinsically safe approval INMETRO intrinsically safe approval for Brazil NEPSI intrinsically safe approval for China not with LT GOSTI Primary Calibration and Test Confirmation valid in Russia see page 8 not with RCCS30LR Primary Calibration and Test Confirmation vali
45. Allows the transducer analog input or output to the block to be manually supplied when simulate is enabled When simulation is disabled the simulate value and status track the actual value and status 1 Disabled 2 Active 10 4010 4110 4210 4310 Specified time of order O S The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point used with the value obtained from the transducer for a specified channel Refer to 5 6 4 AI Function Block Parameters for the unit available O to 65535 The number lies except decimal point 11 4011 4111 4211 4311 OUT SCALE Specified at the time of order O S The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point to be used in displaying the OUT parameter and parameters which have the same scaling as OUT Refer to 5 6 4 AI Function Block Parameters for the unit available 12 4012 4112 4212 4312 GRANT DENY 0 00 Options for controlling access of host computers local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 13 40134113 4213 4313 IO OPTS 0 0000 O S Options which the user may select to alter input and output block processing bit 6 Low cutoff 14 40144114 4214 4314 STATUS 5 O S Options which the user may select in the
46. As specified by the parameter DISP DECIMAL MASS FLOW As specified by the parameter DISP DECIMAL MASS FLOW VOLUMEFLOW RATE L TYPE of AI2 DIRECT INDIRECT Value OUT Value of AI2 Value of AI2 scaled based on SCALE and OUT SCALE Unit As specified by SCALE Units Index of Al2 As specified by OUT SCALE Units Index of AI2 Format As specified by the parameter DISP DECIMAL VOLUME FLOW As specified by the parameter DISP DECIMAL VOLUME FLOW L TYPE of AI3 DIRECT INDIRECT Value OUT Value of AI3 Value of AI3 scaled based XD SCALE and OUT SCALE Unit As specified by XD SCALE Units Index of AI3 As specified by OUT SCALE Units Index of AI Format As specified by the parameter DISP DECIMAL DENSITY As specifiedby the paameter DISP DECIMAL DENSITY TEMPERATURE L TYPE of Al4 DIRECT INDIRECT Value OUT Value of Al4 OUT Value of Al4 scaled based on XD SCALE and OUT_SCALE Unit As specified by XD SCALE Units Index of Al4 As specifiedby OUT SCALE Units Index of Al4 Format As specified by the parameter DISP DECIMAL TEMPERATURE As specified by the paameter DISP DECIMAL TEMPERATURE CONCENTRATION MEASUREMENT option Cxx L TYPE of Al5 DIRECT INDIRECT Value OUT Value of 15 Value of AI5 scaled based on XD SCALE and OUT SCALE Unit As s
47. CONTROL_OPTS 0 O S Setting for control action See Section A5 13 for details 14 STATUS OPTS 0 O S See Section A5 15 for details 15 IN 0 Controlled value input 16 PV FTIME Osec AUTO Time constant in seconds of the first order lag filter applied to IN 17 BYPASS 1 off MAN 11 2 Whether to bypass the control computation 1 off Do not bypass 2 on Bypass 18 CAS IN 0 Cascade setpoint 19 SP RATE DN 1 INF Positive Rate of decrease limit for setpoint SP 20 SP RATE UP 1 INF Positive Rate of increase limit for setpoint SP 21 HI LIM 100 PV SCALE 10 Upper limit for setpoint SP 22 SP LO LIM 0 PV_SCALE 10 Lower limit for setpoint SP 23 GAIN 1 Proportional gain 100 proportional band 24 RESET 10 Integration time seconds 25 BAL TIME Positive Unused 26 RATE Positive Derivative time seconds 27 IN Read back of control output 28 OUT_HI_LIM 100 OUT SCALE 10 Upper limit for control output OUT 29 OUT LO LIM OUT SCALE 10 Lower limit for control output OUT 30 HYS 0 5 96 0 to 50 Hysteresis for release from a limit for OUT status 31 BKCAL_OUT 0 Read back value to be sent to the BKCAL IN in the upper block 32 RCAS IN 0 Remote setpoint set from a computer etc 33 ROUT IN 0 Remote control output value set from a computer etc gt Initial value All limits are set to plus or minus infinity INF or INF which is the same as no limit
48. DD Revision Execution Time etc 4001 4101 4201 4301 ST REV 0 revision level of the static data associated with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed 4002 4102 4202 4302 TAG_DESC spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the block 4003 4103 4203 4303 STRATEGY AUTO The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 4004 4104 4204 4304 ALERT_KEY AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 4005 4105 4205 4305 MODE_BLK AUTO AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 4006 4106 4206 4306 BLOCK ERR This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown 4007 4107 4207 4307 PV Either the primary analog value for use in executing the function or a process value associated with it May also be calculated from the READBACK value of an AO block 4008 4108 4208 4308 OUT 0 Value The primary analog value calculated as a result of executing the function 40094109 4209 4309 SIMULATE Disabled AUTO
49. IIB T6 Gb or 1 G Ex d e ia IIC Ga ib IIB T6 Gb Il 2 1 D Ex tb ia Da ib T75 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCS30LR to 33 option KS1 KEMA 01 ATEX 1075X 2 Ex ib IB IIC T6 T1 Gb II2 D Ex ib IIIC T150 C Db IP66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA RCCS30LR to 33 option KS1 MT KEMA 01 ATEX 1075X 2 Ex ib IB IIC T6 T1 Gb II 2 D Ex ib T260 C Db 66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa Supposable Bus Cable The cable used to interconnect the FF devices needs to comply with the following parameters loop resistance R 15 150 O km inductance per unit length Lc 0 4 1 mH km capacitance per unit length Cc 80 200 nF km line line 0 5 C line screen if both lines are floating or line line line screen if the screen is connected to one line length of spur cable max 30 m IIC and IIB length of trunk cable max 1 km IIC or 5 km IIB Terminators The terminator must be certified by a notified body as FISCO model and at each end of the trunk cable an approved line terminator with the follow ing parameters is suitable R 90 100 O C 0 2 2 pF 0 8 1 2 pF is required in op eration The resistor must be infallible according to IEC 60079 11 Number
50. Indirect scaling by XD SCALE and OUT SCALE is carried out and is reflected on OUT Indirect SQRT is not used for ROTAMASS PV FTIME Sets the time constant of the damping function within the AI blocks primary delay in seconds Alarm Priority Indicates the priority of the process alarm If a value of 3 or greater is set an alarm is trans mitted The factory default is O Four types of alarm can set PRI PRI LO PHI and LO LO PHI Alarm Threshold Sets the threshold at which a process alarm is generated The factory default setting is a value that does not generate an alarm Four types of alarm can be set HI LIM HI HI LIM LO LIM and LO LO LIM IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 18 5 6 5 Transducer Block Parameters The transducer block sets function specific to the flow rate measurement of the ROTAMASS For a list of block parameters in each ROTAMASS refer to Appendix 1 List of Parameters for Each Block of ROTAMASS The following describes impor tant parameters and how to set them Parameters for Zero Tuning 1 AUTO ZERO TIME Relative Index 69 Defines the duration of the auto zero func tion as follows 1 2 3 Minute 2 30 Seconds AUTO ZERO EXE Relative Index 70 Starts the auto zero function to be per formed as follows 2 1 Not Execute 2 Execute Parameters for Primary Variable 3 MASS FLOW VALUE FTIME Relative Index 27 Defin
51. Rota Yokogawa 8 11 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Remote Detector RCCS30LR 33 210 180 L1 3s table 11 Option PD Mounting set for DN50 tube Dimensions in mm Weight without flanges 3 5 kg Remote Detector RCCS34 39 IR 6102 Option 52 Option LT with Hazardous Area Approval 12 m w w m we wen nn 22 9 oe 2o f 26 29 wo wo 5s n ET sr r m see separate figure on page 15 Dimensions in mm Weights with smallest flanges 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 12 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Remote Detector RCCS39 XR L1 5 see table 11 Weight 290 370 kg Remote Detector RCCS39 XR with option HT L1 5 see table 11 Weight 290 320 kg All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 13 IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Remote Detector RCCS30LR 33 with option Tx Insulation Heating L1 3s table 11 176 425 heating connection option T2 or T3 ventilation option T3 Table 10 Heat tracing connectio
52. The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed 2002 TAG_DESC Spaces AUTO The user description of the intended appli cation of the block 2003 STRATEGY 1 The strategy field can used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 2004 ALERT_KEY AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 2005 MODE_BLK AUTO AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 2006 BLOCK_ERR This parameter reflects the error status as sociated with hardware or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown 2007 2008 UPDATE_EVT BLOCK_ALM This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configura tion hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the sub code field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute 2009 TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY 1 2010 A directory that specifies the number and starting indices of the device 10 2010 TRANSDUCER_TYPE Standard flow with calibration 104 Identifies the device type which is Stand ard Flow with Calibration for the Rotamass
53. The user must set the threshold value of each status to UNCERT_LIM and GOOD LIM The integrator block determines the status of the output using the three parameters PCT LIM UNCERT LIM and GOOD LIM PCT INCL gt GOODLIM gt Good UNCERT LIM PCT INCL GOOD LIM gt Uncertain PCT INCL lt UNCERT LIM gt Bad If TYPE is 5 6 or 7 the status of the trip output becomes Good NS Constant All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 21 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 4 5 2 Determining the Output Value Total Total of integrated values This value is tai if INTEG_TYPE is ch i The value of OUT Value is determined as follows 9 is changed auning integration in AUTO If OUT is rewritten in the mode integration OUT integration start value 0 Total For counting down OUT integration start value TOTAL_SP Total starts with the value rewritten in MAN mode after the mode wa returned to AUTO The values OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP are deter mined according to the correlation between OUT and TOTAL SP PRE TRIP PRE_TRIP 31 OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT_TRIP 14 1 OUT PTRIP 415 10UT PTRIP 4H5 1 For counting up OUT TRIP amp 14 0 OUT_PTRIP 15 0 0 TOTAL_SP 7 Counting up starting from 0 gt For counting down OUT_TRIP 14 1
54. To avoid the unnecessary mode transition caused when the data is not correctly received by subscriber set this parameter to 2 or more 0506 5 Link objects not factory set Set link objects as shown in Table 5 7 Table 5 7 Settings of Link Objects example Index Link Object Settings example 30000 1 Al OUT VCR 6 30001 2 Trend VCR 5 30002 3 Alert VCR 7 30003 to 30039 No used T0507 EPS IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 CONFIGURATION 5 6 2 Trend Objects It is possible to make settings so that a function block automatically transmits the trend For this each ROTAMASS has ten trend objects eight for trends of analog parameters and two for discrete parameters For each trend object specify a sin gle parameter the trend of which is to be trans mitted Each trend object has the parameters listed in Table 5 8 For the first four parameters setting is mandatory Before writing parameter settings to a trend object parameter WRITE_LOCK of the resource block must be modified to unlock the write lock Table 5 8 Parameters for Trend Objects Sub index Parameters Description 1 Block Index Sets the leading index of the function block that takes a trend 2 Parameter Relative Sets the index of parameters Index taking a trend by a value relative to the beginning of the function block In the Rotamass the fol
55. V PhPE PostTransGapExtension 1 V PhGE 10 MaxinterChanSignalSkew 1 5 9 PlmeBasicCharacteristics 0609 5 Sub Size index Element bytes Value Description 1 110 Statistics data Statistics are not Supported supported 2 Medium 8 0x4900000000000000 Wire medium AndData voltage mode Rates and 31 25 kbps Supported are supported 3 llceVersion 2 0 0403 IEC 4 3 is supported 4 1 Channels 5 Power 110 0 Bus powered Mode 1 Self powered TA0610 EPS 10 ChannelStates Sub Size index Element bytes Value Description 1 Channel 1 1 0x00 In Use No Bad since last read No Silent since last read No Jabber since last read Tx Good Rx Good 2 Channel2 1 0x80 Unused 3 Channel 1 0x80 Unused 4 Channel 4 1 0x80 Unused 5 Channel 5 1 0x80 Unused 6 Channel 6 1 0x80 Unused 7 Channel 7 1 0x80 Unused 8 Channel 8 1 0x80 Unused 0611 5 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 71 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS 11 Sub Size index Element bytes Value Description 1 IntertaceMode 0 0 Half duplex 1 Full duplex 2 LoopBackMode 0 0 Disabled 1 MAU 2 MDS XmitEnabled 0 01 Channel 1 is enabled RcvEnebled 0 01 Channel 1 is enabled PreferredReceive 0x01 Chann
56. WARNING 1 Installation e Installation of the Coriolis flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled person nel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to installation The Coriolis flowmeter is a heavy instrument Be careful that no damage is caused to person nel through accidentally dropping it or by exert ing excessive force on the Coriolis flowmeter When moving the Coriolis flowmeter always use a trolley and have at least two people carry it When the Coriolis flowmeter is processing hot fluids the instrument itself may become extremely hot Take sufficient care not to get burnt Where the fluid being processed is a toxic substance avoid contact with the fluid and avoid inhaling any residual gas even after the instrument has been taken off the line for main tenance and so forth All procedures relating to installation must com ply with the electrical code of the country where it is used 2 Wiring The wiring of the Coriolis flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled person nel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring When connecting the wiring check that the supply voltage is within the range of the voltage specified for this instrument before connecting the power cable In addition check that no voltage is applied to the power cable before connecting the wiring The protective grounding must be connected se
57. 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 12 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS Relative Index Parameter Name Factory Default Write Explanation Index Mode 105 2105 SLUG_DURATION 15 O s Indicates a slug duration time When the value of SLUG ALARM SELECT is Not Apply users cannot change this value Range 0 to 120sec 106 2106 AFTER SLUG Measured value O S Selects the behaviour of the output mass flow after slug alarm has happened When the parameter is selected Measured Value the output mass flow is the measured value Hold the output mass flow is the value before the slug alarm happened When the value of ALARM SE LECT is Not Apply users cannot change this value 107 2107 DRIVE GAIN DAMPING 1s O S Indicates a drive gain damping time to get a constant drive gain level When the value of SLUG ALARM SELECT is Not Apply users can not change this value Range 0 to 200sec 108 2108 PIPE ALM SEL Inhibit O S When the value is set to Empty Pipe sel this parameter enables EMPTY PIPE CRIT Crit density AFTER EMPTY PIPE When the value is set to Dual Seal Sel this parameter enables EMPTY PIPE CRIT Crit density AFTER EMPTY PIPE When the value is Inhibit they do not per form If gas measurement GA is ordered this parameter is not available 109 2109 PIPE CRIT 0 0
58. 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 4 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 1 2 Installation Installation diagrams for ROTAMASS with KF3 see in chapter 9 2 2 Integral type RCCT3 N WARNING Ex type of ROTAMASS must be connected to the suitable IS earthing system see installation diagram Converter case must have connection to the potential equalisation facility If the connecting process tubing is part of the potential equalisation no additional connection is required Use the certified cable glands suitable for the conditions of use The delivered cable glands are only for Ex e use For Ex d use d type cable glands Please confirm that the ground terminal inside the terminal enclosure is firmly connected by means of a clip on eye let Ex e terminals for power supply and l O lines are designed for cables with cross section of 0 08 mm AWG 28 to 2 5 mm AWG12 The strip length must be 5 to 6 mm 0 2 to 0 24 in Cable glands for power and l O cables RCCT3 M Exe types are enclosed These cable glands can also be used for dust application D Use ATEX certified Ex d cable glands for Ex d condition No cable glands enclosed Use the ATEX certified cable glands suitable for the conditions of use Ex de or Ex d or dust application For dust application D use cable gl
59. 0x110 Server LocalAddr OxF9 301 to 325 91033 Not set 0505 5 5 5 2 Function Block Execution Control According to the instructions given in Section 5 3 set the execution cycle of the function blocks and schedule of execution All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 5 5 CONFIGURATION 5 6 Block Setting Set the parameter for function block VFD 5 6 1 Link Objects A link object combines the data voluntarily sent by the function block with VCR Each ROTAMASS has 40 link objects A single link object speci fies one combination Each link object has the parameters listed in Table 5 6 Parameters must be changed together for each VCR because the modifications made to each parameter may cause inconsistent operation Table 5 6 Link Object Parameters Sub index 1 Parameters Locallndex Description Sets the index of function block parameters to be combined set O for Trend and Alert VcrNumber Sets the index of VCR to be combined If set to O this link object is not used Remotelndex Not used in the Rotamass Set to 0 ServiceOperation Set one of the following Set only one each for link object for Alert or Trend 0 Undefined 2 Publisher 3 Subscriber 6 Alert 7 Trend StaleCountLimit Set the maximum number of consecutive stale input values which may be received before the input status is setto BAD
60. 12 27 01 Rupture disk rupture pressure 20 bar nominal diameter 8 mm max 32 digits software tag node address not with PS with HP for gas group IIB with HP for gas group IIB only with cable conduit A with HP not for groups with HP for gas group IIB with HP for gas group IIB with HP for gas group IIB with HP for gas group IIB with HP for gas group IIB with HP for gas group IIB see page 8 see page 8 see page 8 only with FF3 not with process connection A5 preferable with GA mandatory if DS GA is selected IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 16 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Integral Type RCCT3 Option Code continued Option Description Restrictions code High Driving Power High Driving Power recommended for RCCT36 to 39 strongly recommended for not for RCCT34 mandatory for RCCT39 XR RCCT39 IR Please see Hazardous Area Specifications Tag Number With customer specified tag number on name plate max 16 digits Flange Facing DN Flange with safety grooves acc to EN 1092 1 form D only for D2 to D6 not HC RJ Ring Type Joint Flanges only for A4 5 not Gas measurement special factory adjustments and settings to be conform with ANSI ISA 12 27 01 select RD Special Calibration Custom 5 pts mass volume flow calibration using water with factory certificate traceab
61. 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 23 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS s DANK IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 24 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 1 ATEX In this section further requirements and differences for explosion proof type instrument are described For explosion proof type instrument the description in this chapter is prior to other description in this Instruction Manual N WARNING Only trained persons may use the instrument in industrial location The instrument modification or parts replace ment by other than an authorized Representative of Yokogawa is prohibited and will void the certification Electrostatic charge may cause an exlosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the gerenation of eletrostatic charge such as rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of the converter If itis mounted in an area where the use of category 2D apparatus is required it shall be installed in such a way that the risk from electrostatic discharges and propagating brush discharges caused by rapid flow of dust is avoided ROTAMASS is produced by Rota Yokogawa Rheinstr 8 D 79664 Wehr Germany 9 1 1 Technical Data Applicable standards RCCS3 EN 60079 0 2012 EN 60079 11 2012 EN 60079 31 2009 RCCT3 RCCF31 EN 60079 0
62. 3 2006 EN 61000 3 2 2006 EN 61000 3 3 2008 Safety Requirement Standards EN 61010 1 2010 EN 61010 2 030 2011 Overvoltage category Il Pollution degree 2 Supply Voltage of Communication Line 9V to 32V DC for general purpose and flame proof KF3 type 9Vto 24 V DC for intrinsic safe FF output type Entity model 9Vto 175 V DC for intrinsic safe FF output type FISCO model No performance effect of power supply Output and Input Signal Digital communication signal based on FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol REMOTE CABLE RCCY03 SPECIFICATION Condition of Communication Line Supply voltage 9 to 32 V DC Current draw 15 0 mA max Functional Specifications Functional specifications for Fieldbus communication conform to the standard specification H1 of FOUNDATION Fieldbus Function Block Four Al function blocks Al 1 monitors the mass flow rate Al 2 monitors the volume flow rate Al 3 monitors the density Al 4 monitors the temperature Two additional Al function blocks with option 2 0 0 Al 5 monitors the measured concentration Al 6 monitors the net flow rate One PID block for a model with LC1 option Two IT function blocks Integrator IT 1 totalized mass volume or net flow rate IT 2 totalized mass volume or net flow rate Update Period Mass flow value 100 ms Density temperature 100 ms Function Block Execution Time Block Execution name time Al lt 30 lt
63. 4 Device status function block setting 49 1049 DEVICE STATUS 5 Device status function block setting 50 150 DEVICE STATUS 6 Not used for Rotamass 51 1051 DEVICE STATUS 7 Not used for Rotamass 52 1052 DEVICE STATUS 8 Not used for Rotamass 53 1053 SOFTDWN PROTECT 0 01 Defines whether to accept software downloads 0x01 unprotected 0x01 protected 54 1054 SOFTDWN_FORMAT 0x01 Selects the software download method 0x01 Standard 55 1055 SOFTDWN_COUNT 0 Indicates the number of times the internal FlashROM was erased 56 1056 SOFTDWN_ACT_AREA 0 Indicates the ROM number of the currently working FlashROM 57 1057 SOFTDWN_MOD_REV 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Indicates the software module revision erature value on the LCD display 58 1058 SOFTDWN ERROR 0 Indicates the error during a software download Status on July 2010 ITK VER can change due to further development All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 3 IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 2 Al Function Block Parameter for massflow volumeflow 12 density AI3 and temperature Fel Index 0 Index A000 AI2 4100 4200 Al4 4300 Parameter Name Block Header Factory Default TAG Alt Al2 Al3 or Al4 Write Mode Block Tag OS Explanation Information on this block such as Block Tag
64. 40442 40443 AI6 block 40450 40451 40452 40453 IT1 block 40600 40601 40602 40603 IT2 block 40610 40611 40612 40613 PID block optional 40800 40801 40802 40803 IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 0516 5 5 6 4 Function Block Parameters Parameters of the six Al function blocks can be read and written from the host For a list of block parameters in each ROTAMASS refer to Ap pendix 1 List of Parameters for Each Block of 55 The following describes important parameters and how to set them For a model with an option adding a PID function block and LM functionality see Appendixes 5 and 6 MODE BLK Indicates the three types of function block modes Out Of Service Manual and Auto In Out Of Service mode the Al block does not operate The Manual mode does not allow val ues to be updated The Auto mode causes the measured value to be updated Under normal circumstances set the Auto mode to take ef fect The Auto mode is the factory default CHANNEL This is the parameter of the transducer block to be input to the Al block Al1 block is as signed mass flow rate Al2 block is assigned volume flow rate AI3 block is asigned den sity Al4 block is asigned temperature is assigned concentration measurement Al 6 is assigned net flow rate Do not change this set ting XD SCALE Scale of input from the transducer block Changing the unit can be s
65. 90 to 250 V AC 50 60 Hz 20 5 to 28 8 V DC Power consumption max 25 VA 10 W Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 40 C to 55 C Remote converter RCCF31 option EF4 Flame proof with intrinsic safe connection to detector ib Additional intrinsic safe FF output ia Ex d ib ia Ga IIC T6 Gb or Ex d e ib ia Ga IIC T6 Gb Ex d ib ia IIC Ga IIB T6 Gb or Ex d e ia IIC Ga ib IIB T6 Gb with option HP Ex tb ia Da ib T75 C Db Max surface temperature 75 C Degree of protection 66 67 Power supply 90 to 250 V AC 50 60 Hz 20 5 to 28 8 V DC Power consumption max 25 VA 10 W Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 40 C to 55 C Integral type RCCT34 39 XR option EF3 Flame proof with intrinsic safe connection to detector ib Ex d ib IIC T6 T3 Gb or Ex de ib IIC T6 T3 Gb Ex d ib IIB T6 T3 Gb or Ex d e ib IIB T6 T3 Gb with option Ex ib tb 150 Db Max surface temperature 150 C Degree of protection IP66 67 Power supply 90 to 250 V AC 50 60 Hz 20 5 to 28 8 V DC Power consumption max 25 VA 10 W Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 40 C to 55 C Process temperature limits 50 C to 150 C All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Integral type RCCT34 39 XR option E
66. 95 avg sn vis amp injrej 105495 QVE SNLWLS A 4 105495 GVE SNLVLS amp njre4 10sues qvg snivls josueg HOHH3 aney uud uud 1401 3 anre 1quos 01 3 10005 36 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE snes qvg nire3 30018 snes qvg nire31ndul uud snieis qvg eunireJ ynduy uua 0018 qvg einjreJ uud snes qvg einie uud 50018 snes qvg enireJ Ndu 30018 aney QVE SNLWLS AY ava snivls avga snivis ava snivls ava snivls AS ava sn1vls 21043 Jenas yomg uoneinuis HH3 39018 uo dur lqeu us uud 10113 Jenas 2014 00 IM 01R04B05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 A 37 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa qvg snivis 1 oyioeds 74 ava snivis 100
67. ABOUT FOUNDATION FIELDBUS 3 1 Outline Fieldbus is a bi directional digital communica tion protocol for field devices which offers an advancement in implementation technologies for process control systems and is widely employed by numerous field devices The FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type of the Rotamass employs the specification standardized by the FOUNDATION Fieldbus and provides interoperability between Yokogawa devices and those produced by other manufactur ers Featuring 6 Al and two IT function blocks in each the Fieldbus communication type s software enables a flexible instrumentation system to be implemented For information on other features engineering de sign construction work startup and maintenance of Fieldbus refer to Fieldbus Technical Informa tion TI 38K3A01 01E 3 2 Internal Structure of ROTAMASS Each Rotamass contains two Virtual Field Devices VFDs that share the following functions 3 2 1 System Network Management VFD Sets node addresses and Physical Device tags PD Tag necessary for communication e Controls the execution of function blocks Manages operation parameters and com munication resources Virtual Communication Relationship VCR 3 2 2 Function Block VFD 1 Resource RS block e Manages the status of Rotamass hardware e Automatically informs the host of any detected faults or other problems 2 Transducer TB block Converts the flow sensor ou
68. AUTO integration Dut of Service O S set a value to it No reset is accepted starts with the written value or the value just before running in AUTO 0204 5 If you rewrite the value in OUT and RTOTAL while the mode is in MAN 5 RESET is incremented A1 4 6 Reset A1 4 6 1 Reset Trigger A1 4 6 2 Reset Timing There are the following five types of reset triggers All items are reset during execution of the function 1 An integrated value exceeds TOTAL SP block Therefore the minimum period of a reset is the block execution period 2 An integrated value fall below 0 5 second rule 3 RESET IN is H If a reset is made the next reset will not be 4 Every period specified in CLOCK PER for more accepted for 5 seconds after that 0 information see CLOCK_PER in A2 6 2 Even if UP_AUTO or DN_AUTO is activated and TOTAL_SP or 0 is reached within 5 seconds 5 OP_CMD_INT is 1 the next reset will nit be made for 5 secondes from the previous reset CLOCK PER The table A2 2 shows the correlation between If INTEG TYPE is PERIODIC 5 or PER amp DEM 7 INTEG and RESET triggers a reset is made at the period sec set to the Table A2 2 RESET Triggers CLOCK PER parameter 1 2 If the value in CLOCK PER is smaller than the function block s execution period bit 1 of BLOCK ERR Block Configuration Error is set 1 UP_AUTO 2 UP_DEM 3 DN AU
69. Block Block Alarm By Al IT PID Block Block Alarm Update Alerts Generated when a important re storable parameter is updated By Resource Block Update Event By Transducer Block Update Event By Al IT PID Block Update Event An alert has the following structure Table 6 2 Alert Object Subindex o 2g Parameter Explanation 35 55 35 E lt lt St lt a 2 1 1 1 Block Index Index of block from which alert is generated 2 2 2 Alert Key Alert Key copied from the block 3 Standard Type of the alert Type Alert identified by 3 4 Mft Type manufacturer specific DD 5 5 5 Message Reason of alert Type notification 6 6 6 Priority Priority of the alarm Time Stamp Time when this alert is first detected 8 Subcode Enumerated cause of this alert 9 9 Value Value of referenced data 10 10 Relative Relative Index of Index referenced data 8 Static Value of static revision Revision ST REV of the block 11 11 9 Unit Index Unit code of referenced data T0602 EPS All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 6 IN PROCESS OPERATION 6 3 Simulation Function The simulation function simulates the input of a function block and lets it operate as if the data was received from the transducer block It is pos sible to conduct testing for the downstream func tion blocks or alarm processes A SIMULATE_ENABLE j
70. Density range 0 3 to 2 Best volume flow accuracy All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Table 9 Pressure rating Type of process connection De Flange acc EN 1092 1 PN 100 100bar 9z7bar 9zzbar 00 733bar 680bar 644 See tube pressure for option DS max pressure Internal thread RCCS30 33 according A4 ASME class 900 See tube pressure for option DS max pressure Internal thread NPT RCCS30 33 according A4 ASME class 900 300 C Ti Fane acc 2220100 mor mr J2 Flange acc JIS B 2220 20K woo j Pipe connection upioDN4Q S2 acc DIN 11851 DN 50 to DN 100 under the restriction using suitable gasket materials aveno eo ____________________________ connection 0 acc DIN 32676 above DN 50 10 bar Clamp Mini Clamp up to 1 27 under the restriction using suitable gasket materials S8 Clamp acc Tri Clamp up to 27 16 bar above 27 10 bar all process connections acc AISI 316L 1 4404 1 4435 2 RT Room Temperature EN1092 10 C to 50 C ASME B16 5 29 C to 38 C All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 7 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FACTORY SETTING Tag number Tag plate option BG As specified in order Software tag PD_TAG S
71. EU at 0 of OUT SCALE FA0203 EPS Example To set the output range to 0 00 to 10000 001 Set 1353 in Units Index of OUT SCALE Set 10000 in EU at 10096 of OUT SCALE Set 0 in EU at 0 of OUT SCALE The block performs the density output calculation 3 1 Setting the calibration range Access the SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of XD SCALE Set the upper range limit in EU at 100 of XD SCALE Set the lower range limit in EU at 0 of XD SCALE 0202 Example To measure 0 0 to 1 5kg l Set 1103 in Units Index of XD SCALE Set 1 5 in EU at 100 of SCALE and Set 0 in EU at 0 of XD SCALE 3 2 Setting the output scale Access the OUT SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of OUT SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the upper range limit in EU at 100 of OUT SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the lower range limit in EU at 0 of OUT SCALE 203 5 Example To set the output range to 0 to 1500kg m8 Set kg m 1097 in Units Index of OUT SCALE Set 1500 in EU at 100 of OUT SCALE Set 0 in EU at 0 of OUT SCALE All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa The AI4 block performs the temperature output calculation 4 1 Setting the calibration range Access the SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of SCALE Set the upper range limit in EU at
72. Measure ment with ROTAMASS Overview density volume flow measurement Explosion Proof Concept The detector is intrinsically safe Ex ib the converter and RCCF31 are flame explosion proof The driving power from converter to detector is limited and protected by an intrinsically safe barrier which is part of the converter The barrier is protecting the detector either for gas group IIC or IIB option HP Option KF2 delivers one passive intrinsic safe current and one pulse output however the converter is flame explosion proof Option HP With option HP the detector driving power is higher which is benefit to 2 phase flow This is also true for non hazardous applications Gas Measurement For gas applications please choose the option GA Density reading below 0 3 kg l is not possible Volume flow is calculated by using the fix density value stored in Reference density Based on the selection of the gas density the follow ing volume flow rates can be calculated standard reference normal Besides the corresponding volume flow rate units can be selected Some functions are unavailable for gas measure ment including concentration measurement empty pipe slug or corrosion detection Good and stress free installation is mandatory for a stable Zero Attention to resonance phenomenons has to be taken if gas compressors are used in the pipe Flow noise has to be avoided Batch Process The specified mass flo
73. OPTSandthe _ Jor both of value of TRK IN D is true conditions 1 and 2 are met Man 4 If Man is set MODE NOT if any BLK target or if IN status one or more input status is Bad of conditions 1 to 3 are met Auto 5 If Auto is set MODE_ NOT if any BLK target one or more AND of conditions 1 if IN status input status is to 3 are met not Bad 6 If Cas is set in MODE NOT if any BLK target one or more AND of conditions 1 if neither IN status input to 3 are met status nor CAS_IN status is Bad RCas 7 RCas is set in MODE_ NOT if any BLK target one or more AND of conditions 1 if neither IN status input to 3 are met status nor RCAS_IN status is Bad ROut 8 If ROut is set MODE_ NOT if any BLK target one or more AND of conditions 1 if ROUT_IN status input to 3 are met status is not Bad In accordance 9 If RCAS_IN status or ROUT_ with the IN status is Bad indicating a SHED_OPT computer failure see Section setting A5 17 1 for details 0507 5 To activate mode transitions to AUTO CAS RCAS and ROUT the respective target modes must be set beforehand to MODE BLK permitted A transition to CAS RCAS or ROUT requires that initialization of the cascade connection has been completed IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A5 10 Bumpless Transfer Prevents a sudden change in the control output OUT at changes in block mode MODE BLK and at swi
74. OUT TRIP 4H 4 0 OUT_PTRIP 15 1 OUT_PTRIP 15 1 OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT_PTRIP 15 0 PRE_TRIP 31 TOTAL_SP 7 Counting down starting from TOTAL SP 0205 5 0 For counting up the OUT value is follows Note that the given conditions do not apply to the OUT lt TOTAL SP PRE_TRIP following cases gt OUT_TRIP 0 COUNT_PTRIP 0 f INTEG TYPE is 5 6 or 7 OUT TRIP and TOTAL SP PRE TRIP lt OUT lt TOTAL_SP OUT PTRIP always output O gt OUT_TRIP 0 COUNT_PTRIP 1 F INTEG TYPE is 1 to 3 occurrence of TOTAL SP lt OUT AutoRESET reset caused if the threshold is gt OUT_TRIP 1 COUNT_PTRIP 1 exceeded causes OUT_TRIP to hold 1 fir five seconds For counting down the OUT value is follows lt OUT gt OUT_TRIP 0 COUNT_PTRIP 0 e 0 lt OUT lt PRE_TRIP gt OUT_TRIP 0 COUNT_PTRIP 1 OUT lt 0 gt OUT_TRIP 1 COUNT_PTRIP 1 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 22 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 4 5 3 Mode Handling Mode Action Output Automatic AUTO Normal action Normal output Manual Integration calculation is stopped You may rewrite a value in OUT If no value is rewritten the value just before OUT will not be updated unless you running in AUTO is held When the mode returns to
75. Report supported Used to show supported resource block options for the Rotamass 18 1018 FEATURE_SEL 0x000a Soft write lock supported Report supported AUTO Used to select resource block options Scheduled bit2 Event driven bit2 Manufacturer specified 19 20 1019 1020 CYCLE_TYPE CYCLE_SEL 0x0001 Sched uled 0x0001 Sched uled AUTO Identifies the block execution methods available for this resource Used to select the block execution method for this resource 21 1021 MIN CYCLE 3200 Time duration of the shortest cycle interval of which the resource is capable 22 1022 MEMORY SIZE 0 Available configuration memory in the emp ty resource To be checked before attempting a down load 23 1023 NV CYCLE T Interval between writing copies of NV parameters to non volatile memory Zero means never 24 1024 FREE SPACE Percent of memory available for further configuration ROTAMASS has zero which means a preconfigured resource 25 1025 FREE TIME Percent of the block processing time that is free to process additional blocks Sup ported only with PID function 26 1026 SHED RCAS 640000 20s AUTO Time duration at which to give up on com puter writes to function block Rcas locations Supported only with PID function 27 1027 SHED ROUT 640000 20s AUTO Time duration at whi
76. Rota Yokogawa A 69 IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A7 5 2 Descriptions for LM Parameters The following describes LM parameters of a ROTAMASS transmitter NOTE Do not turn off the power to the ROTAMASS for 60 seconds after making a change to its parameter set tings 1 DimeLinkMasterCapabilitiesVariable Bit Position Meaning Description Value LAS Schedule Whether the LAS schedule can 0x04 in Non volatile 1 or cannot 0 be saved 1 Memory to the non volatile memory Last Values Whether to support 1 or not B2 OxO2 Record to support 0 0 Supported LastValuesRecord Link Master Whether to support 1 or not Statistics to support 0 B1 0x01 0 Record DimeLinkMasterStatisticsRecord Supported TA0606 EPS 2 DimeLinkMasterInfoRecord Seid Flement ed Ed 1 MaxSchedulingOverhead 1 V MSO 2 DefMinTokenDelegTime 2 V DMDT 3 DefTokenHoldTime 2 V DTHT 4 TargetTokenRotTime 2 V TTRT 5 LinkMaintTokHoldTime 2 V LTHT 6 TimeDistributionPeriod 4 V TDP 7 MaximumlnactivityToClaimLasDelay 2 V MICD 8 LasDatabaseStatusSpduDistributionPeriod 2 V LDDP 0607 5 3 PrimaryLinkMasterFlagVariable Explicitly declares the LAS Writing true OXFF to this parameter in a device causes that de vice to attempt to become the LAS However a request of
77. Signal Fault 0x0108 Eos emp Sensor Fault 0 020 A14 Detection 0 020 A15 Pipe Detection 0 0210 A16 Corrosion Detection Warning 0x0301 Wo Density Lower 0 3 kg l 0x0302 Wo2 Fixed Dens selected Density only 0x0303 wos Fixed Temp selected 0 0304 W 04 Fixed Mass flow selected MF only B121 HIST ABS ERR and TB117 ERR STATUS e m owe tx peer sara ouo B122 HIST ABS ALM and TB118 ALM STATUS Wm We TB123 HIST ABS WARNG and TB119 WARNG STATUS m Wm 0x00000020 Autozero Value out of Range 0x00000040 Autozero Fluctuation out of Range 0x00000000 No error alarm warning 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 22 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 6 IN PROCESS OPERATION 6 IN PROCESS OPERATION This chapter describes the procedure performed when changing the operation of the function block of the ROTAMASS in process 6 1 Mode Transition When the function block mode is changed to Out Of Service the function block pauses and a block alarm is issued When the function block mode is changed to Manual the function block suspends updating of output values In this case alone it is possible to write a value to the OUT parameter of the block for output Note that no parameter status can be changed 6 2 Generation of Alarm 6 2 1 When
78. Software download function optional PID function bloc optional IT 2 Integrator block 2 Sensor IT 1 Integrator 9 input 5 Transducer 6 function 5 block block 15 function block Block tag Al4 function 9 Sensor block 2 5 input Parameters 3 function block 5 E AI2 function block function block Block tag gt Parameters Resource block Block tag Parameters F0301 EPS Figure 3 1 Logical Structure of Each Block Various parameters the node address and the PD tag shown in Figure 3 1 must be set before using the device Refer to Chapter 4 for the set ting procedures IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 3 2 3 4 Wiring System Confi guration The number of devices that can be connected to a single bus and the cable length vary depending on system design When constructing systems both the basic and overall design must be care fully considered to allow device performance to be fully exhibited All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 4 Getting Started Fieldbus is fully dependent upon digital communi cation protocol and differs in operation from conventional 4 to 20 mA transmission and the HART communication protocol It is recommended that novice users use fieldbus devices in accordan
79. T0702 EPS Table 73 Contents of RS DEVICE STATUS 3 Index 1046 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0 00800000 20 All Non Schedule 0 00400000 22 5 Mode 0 00010000 41 Display out of Range T0703 EPS Table 74 Contents of RS DEVICE STATUS 4 Index 1046 Display through DD Description 0 008000001 W 28 IT2 FB Man Mode 0 00400000 W 27 IT1 Man 0 00200000 W 26 FB Man Mode 0 00100000 W 25 15 Man Mode 0 00080000 W 24 FB Man Mode 0 00040000 W 23 Man Mode 0 000200001 W 22 412 FB Man Mode 0 00010000 W 21 FB Man Mode 0 00000100 A 31 PID FB O S Mode 0 00000080 30 IT2 FB O S Mode 0 00000040 29 IT1 Mode 0 00000020 28 16 FB O S Mode 0 00000010 27 15 FB O S Mode 0 00000008 26 FB O S Mode 0x00000004 25 FB O S Mode 0 00000002 24 412 FB 5 Mode 0 00000001 23 FB O S T0704 EPS 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 7 2 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa Table 75 Contents of RS DEVICE STATUS 5 Index 1046 7 DEVICE STATUS All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0 20000000 W 72 IT2 Low Clock 0 10000000 W 71 IT1 Low Clock 0x08000000 W 74 IT2 Last Out Not Saved 0 04
80. T6 Gb 12 D Ex tb ib T75 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA z WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCF31 option KF4 with display KEMA 02 ATEX 2183X 2 1 G Ex d ia Ga ib IIC T6 Gb or 1 G Ex de ia Ga ib IIC T6 Gb 12 1 D Ex tb ia Da ib T75 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCS34 to 39 XR option KS1 KEMA 01 ATEX 1075X Il 2 G Ex ib IB IIC T6 T1 Gb 120 Ex ib T150 C Db IP66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA RCCS34 to 39 XR option KS1 MT KEMA 01 ATEX 1075X I 2 G Ex ib IB IIC T6 T1 Gb Il 2 D Ex ib 220 Db IP66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA RCCS34 to 39 XR option KS1 HT KEMA 01 ATEX 1075X II 2 G Ex ib IB IIC T6 T1 Gb Il 2 D Ex ib T350 C Db 66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 8 RCCF31 option KF3 HP KEMA 02 ATEX 2183X I 2 G Ex d ib T6 Gb or II 2 G Ex d e ib IIB T6 Gb 12 D Ex tb ib T75 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA AN WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCF31 option KF4 HP with display KEMA 02 ATEX 2183X II 2 1 G Ex d ia IIC Ga ib
81. TB01 MASS_FLOW_VALUE FLOAT Mass flow value with status in Transducer Block Volume Flow Value TB01 VOLUME_FLOW_VALUE FLOAT Volume flow value with status in Transducer Block Density Value TB01 DENSITY_VALUE FLOAT Density value with status in Transducer Block Temperature Value TB01 TEMPERATURE_VALUE FLOAT Temperature value with status in Transducer Block Concentration Meas Value TBO1 DCONCENTR MEAS VALUE FLOAT Concentration meas value with status in Transducer Block Option Net Flow Value TBO1 NET FLOW VALUE FLOAT Net flow value with status in Transducer Block Option Cxx 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 80 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa Blank Page Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION World Headquarters 9 32 Nakacho 2 chome Musashino shi Tokyo 180 8750 Japan www yokogawa com YOKOGAWA CORPORATION OF AMERICA 2 Dart Road Newnan GA 30265 USA www yokogawa com us YOKOGAWA EUROPE B V Euroweg 2 3825 HD AMERSFOORT The Netherlands www yokogawa com eu YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC ASIA Pte LTD 5 Bedok South Road Singapore 469270 Singapore www yokogawa com sg YOKOGAWA CHINA CO LTD 3F Tower D Cartelo Crocodile Building No 568 West Tianshan Road Changing District Shanghai China www yokogawa com cn YOKOGAWA MIDDLE EAST 5 PO B
82. This manual should be provided to the end user e Before use read this manual thoroughly to com prehend its contents e The contents of this manual may be changed without prior notice All rights are reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without Yokoga wa s written permission Yokogawa makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and suitability for a particular purpose All reasonable effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual However if any errors or omissions are found please inform Yokogawa Yokogawa assumes no responsibilities for this product except as stated in the warranty e Please note that this user s manual may not be revised for any specification changes construc tion changes or operating part changes that are not considered to affect function or performance f the customer or any third party is harmed by the use of this product Yokogawa assumes no responsibility for any such harm owing to any defects in the product which were not predict able or for any indirect damages All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 1 1 1 INTRODUCTION Safety and Modification Precautions The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this instrument Failure to comply with these p
83. after a down load due to erasing of the FlashROM s contents Use a fieldbus power supply which has sufficient capacity to cover such increases in feed current CAUTION Upon completion of the activation the target fieldbus device performs resetting internally which temporarily halts fieldbus communication and function block executions Be especially careful about a valve positioner the output air pressure will fall to the minimum level i e zero A CAUTION Do not turn off the power to a field device or disconnect the download tool during a download or activation The device may fail as a result AN NOTE Be careful about the noise on the fieldbus link If the fieldbus is noisy the downloading may take a very long time or fail A6 5 Download Files Download files have the following filenames with the filename extension of Take to choose the correct download file for the target field device 594543 device family device type domain name software name amp o software revision For example the name of the download file for the Rotamass may have the following name 5945430000 0000 ROTAMASS ORIGINAL R201 ffd Refer to 10 3 DOMAIN HEADER about each keyword of the file name The device type is 000D for the Rotamass All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa The software name is ORIGINAL or UPDATE The fo
84. and certificate see page 4 not for RCCT39 XR X Ray Examination X ray examination of flange welding RCCT34 with K4 or K6 only one sided not with HC PMI Examination PM6 test 6 test points process connection inlet outlet measuring tubes flow divider inlet outlet 3 Dye Penetration Test Dye penetration test of flange welding 2 Concentration Measurement Standard concentration measurement not with GA Advanced concentration measurement details see table Advanced Concentration not with GA Measurement Options Cable glands AD2 2 pcs ANSI 1 2 G1 2 adapter only with cable conduit Instruction Manuals Quantity of instruction manuals in English O 110 3 selectable 9 Quantity of instruction manuals in German 110 3 selectable 9 Quantity of instruction manuals in French 1 110 selectable 9 Special design must be specification an extra sheet 9 For gas application GA RCCT39 XR can also be ordered without HP 2 Calibration order sheet must be delivered with the order This is available on the Flow Center Page at Coriolis RCC 13 Information 9 Measuring tube test is performed per delivery batch 9 For detailed information please see TI 01R04B04 04E E Concentration measurement is recommended with option K6 9 f no instruction manual is selected only a DVD with instruction manuals is shipped with the instrument More than 3 manual
85. converter RCCF31 has a T6 temperature class rating for operation at ambient temperature up to 50 C Coherence between temperature class ambient and medium temperature temperature of heat carrier RCCS30LR to RCCS33 RCCS30LR to RCCS33 without insulation with factory insulation Temp Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process class temperature temperature temperature temperature T6 50 C 122 F 60 C 140 F 60 C 140 F 60 C 140 F T5 50 C 122 F 80 C 176 F 80 C 176 F 90 C 194 F T4 2 sa 2 AE 80 176 130 C 266 T3 80 C 176 F 180 C 356 F 80 C 176 F 180 C 356 F T2 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F T1 80 C 176 F 260 C 608 F 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F RCCS34 to RCCS39 XR RCCS34 to RCCS39 XR RCCT34 to RCCT39 XR without insulation with factory insulation Temp Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process class temperature temperature temperature temperature temperature temperature T6 40 C 104 F 40 C 104 F 65 C 149 C 65 C 149 F 50 C 122 F 65 C 149 C T5 55 C 131 F 55 C 131 F 75 C 167 F 75 C 167 F 50 C 122 F 80 C 176 F T4 4 di U 70 158 115 C 239 F 50 C 122 F 115 239 T3 4 ied ae 70 C 158 F 180 C 356 F 50 C 122 F 150 C 302 F T2 80 C 1
86. dc TEMP CLASS T6 T5 T4 T3 PROCESS TEMP 65 80 115 150 C ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE option EF4 with display IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex d ib ia Ga IIC T6 T3 Gb Ex de ib ia Ga IIC T6 T3 Gb Ex ib tb ia Da T150 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc TEMP CLASS T6 T5 14 PROCESS TEMP 65 80 115 150 C ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA A WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 RCCT3 option EF3 HP IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex d ib IIB T6 T3 Gb or Ex d e ib IIB T6 T3 Gb Ex ib tb IIIC T150 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc TEMP CLASS T6 T5 4 PROCESS TEMP 65 80 115 150 C ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA A WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCT3 option EF4 HP with display IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex d ib ia IIC Ga IIB T6 T3 Gb or Ex d e ib ia IIC Ga IIB T6 T3 Gb Ex ib tb ia T150 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc TEMP CLASS T6 T5 T4 T3 PROCESS TEMP 65 80 115 150 C ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA A WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa RCCF31 option EF3 IECEx KEM 06 00
87. disassem bled and the parts treated different Naming R recycling D disposal Sd special disposal Na not applicable Name Body Converter Cover with Elec of housing window tron product ics Rota SS R R Al D Sd mass Glass In case of return of flowmeters to Yokogawa for testing or repair purposes please fillout one of the following forms and send it with the equipment to YOKOGAWA IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 1 INTRODUCTION Receiver Sender Delivery Note for EU Countries Ref REPAIR for serial no We are sending following type of article via forwarding agent Yusen Air Raunheim Frankfurt Item Article Unit Price Total Price Type MS Code nominal value Charges for airworthy packing and delivery FOB Total value Value for customs purpose only current value Gross weight kg Net weight kg Customs Tariff No Country og origin Federal Republic of Germany Delivery note 2 fold accompanies the goods SPECIMEN Certificate Company Address Department Name Telephone Fax The attached flow meter Type Order or Serial No has been operated with following liquids Because the liquid is water endangering toxic caustic flammable we have LI checked that all cavities in the flowmeter are free from such substances flushed out and neutralised all cavities in the fl
88. download tool does not allow download with same software revision Check the setting of the download tool The download takes far longer than expected or fails frequently An error occurs after activation The fieldbus segment is noisy Transient error caused by the internal resetting of the field device Check the noise level on the fieldbus segment Check whether communication with the field device has recovered after a while The new software does not work after the activation The file of the current revision was downloaded Obtain the correct file Failure of the memory in field device etc Check SOFTDWN ERROR the resource block and re try downloading If fails place a service call 0102 5 6 8 Resource Block s Parameters Relating to Software Download Table A6 3 Additional Parameters of Resource Block Relative Wrie ae Index Parameter Name Description Index Factory Set Mode 53 1053 SOFTDWN_PROTECT OxO1 Defines whether to accept software downloa OxO1 Unprotected 2 Protected 54 1054 SOFTDWN FORMAT Selects software download method OxO1 Standard 55 1055 SOFTDWN_COUNT O Indicates the number of times internal FlashROM was erased 56 1056 SOFTDWN ACT AREA Indicates the ROM number of the currently working FlashROM O FlashROM O working 1 FlashROM 1 working 57 1057 SOFTDWN MOD REV 1 O O O O
89. flow rate in the specified unit Actual density value in the specified unit Actual temperature value in the specified unit Actual concentration 2 Volume flow rate 3 Density value 4 Temperature 5 Concentration Option value in the specified unit 6 Net flow rate Actual net flow rate in Option the specified unit 7 Integrator 1 Totalized value of mass volume or net in the specified unit Totalized value of mass volume or net in the specified unit 8 Integrator 2 9 Velocity The velocity of the medium for liquids only 10 None No value will be displayed Not possible for line 1 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS The DISP_SELECT_1 DISP_SELECT_2 DISP_SELECT_3 and DISP_SELECT_4 parameter settings in the transducer TR block and the TYPE settings in the AI2 AI3 15 and AI6 blocks determine which data items and their values and units are displayed on the LCD indicator as shown in the following tables Please refer to 4 1 MASSFLOW RATE Display on Upper Row of LCD Indicator DISP SELECT x Displayed Value Display Unit and Display Format TYPE of DIRECT INDIRECT Value of AI1 OUrT Value of Ali scaled based XD SCALE and OUT SCALE Unit As specified by XD SCALE Units Index of AI1 As specified by OUT SCALE Units Index of AI1 Format
90. for high high alarm in engineering units 27 4027412742274327 1 PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the high alarm 0 1 to 15 28 4028412842284328 1 1 The setting for high alarm in engineering units 29 402941294229432910 0 Priority of the low alarm 0 1 3 to 15 30 4030413042304330 10 1 INF AUTO The setting for the low alarm in engineering units 31 140314131 1423114331 LO_LO_PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the low low alarm 0 1 3 to 15 32 40324132 4232433210 10 1 amp INF AUTO setting of the low low alarm engineering units 33 40334133 42334333 HI The status for high high alarm and its associated time stamp 34 40344134 42344334 _ ue The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 35 1403514135 4235 4335 _ The status of the low alarm and its associated time stamp 36 1403614136 42364336 LO_LO_ALM The status of the low low alarm and its associated time stamp Initial value All limits are set to plus or minus infinity INF or INF which is the same as no limit IEEE 754 1985 defines the floating point representation of plus and minus infinity 0102 2 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 5 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS Parameter for option concentration measurement 15 and
91. is executed Whenever you have changed the PD tag or address of a ROTAMASS transfer its state to SM OPERATIONAL UNINITIALIZED No tag nor address is set Tag clear Tag setting INITIALIZED Only tag is set Address clear Address setting SM OPERATIONAL Tag and address are retained and the function block can be executed F0504 EPS Figure 5 4 Status Transition by Setting PD Tag and Node Address All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 3 IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 CONFIGURATION In each ROTAMASS the PD tag and node ad dress are set to FT1004 and 246 hexadecimal F6 respectively before shipment from the factory unless otherwise specified To change only the node address clear the address once and then set a new node address To set the PD tag first clear the node address and clear the PD tag then set the PD tag and node address again Devices whose node address was cleared will await at the default address randomly chosen from a range of 248 to 251 or from hexadecimal F8 to FB At the same time it is necessary to specify the device ID in order to correctly specify the device The device ID of the ROTAMASS is 594543000Dxxxxxxxx The xxxxxxxx at the end of the above device ID is a total of 8 alphanumeric characters 5 5 Communication Set ting To set the communication function it is necessary to change the database residing in SM System Manageme
92. manual Cable Used for connecting devices Refer to Fieldbus Technical Information TI 38K3A01 01E for details of instrumentation cabling If the total length of the cable is in a range of 2 to 3 meters for laboratory or other experimental use the following simplified cable a twisted pair wire with a cross section of 0 9 mm2 or more and cycle period of within 5 cm 2 inches may be used Termination processing depends on the type of device being deployed For the ROTAMASS clamp terminal are used Some hosts require a connector Refer to Yokogawa when making arrangements to purchase the recommended equipment Connect the devices as shown in Figure 4 1 Connect the terminators at both ends of the trunk with a minimum length of the spur laid for connection The polarity of signal and power must be maintained Fieldbus power Terminator F0402 EPS Figure 4 1 Device Connection Before using a Fieldbus configuration tool other than the existing host confirm it does not affect the loop functionality in which all devices are already installed in operation Disconnect the relevant control loop from the bus if necessary IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 4 GETTING STARTED A IMPORTANT Connecting a Fieldbus configuration tool to a loop with its existing host may cause commu nication datascrambles resulting in a functional disorder or a system failure Installation diagra
93. mark as SF1 but not with process connection S2 As SF2 EHEDG certificate as SF1 but not with process connection S2 Mounting set 2 inch pipe mounting set recommended for RCCS30LR and RCCS30 only RCCS30LR to 33 not with T L Housing Pressure Test Rupture pressure proof test and certificate see page 4 not for RCCS30 to 33 RCCS39 XR Customer insulation Heating 152 Terminal box on extension for high low process temperature not with T1 T2 T3 Factory Insulating Heating Insulation not for RCCS39 XR Insulation Heat carrier heating not for RCCS39 XR Insulation Heat carrier heating with ventilation purge not for RCCS39 XR X Ray Examination X ray examination of flange welding RCCS30 to 33 and RCCS34 with K4 K6 or LT only one sided not with HC PMI Examination PAMI test 4 test points process connection inlet outlet flow divider inlet only RCCS30 to 33 outlet PAMI test 6 test points process connection inlet outlet measuring tubes flow not RCCS30 to 33 divider inlet outlet Select affiliated converter RCCF31 with the same approval type e g ATEX 2 Calibration order sheet must be delivered with the order This is available on the Flow Center Page at Coriolis RCC 3 Technical Information 3 Measuring tube PAMI test is performed per delivery batch All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 19 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICA
94. miestnu kancel riu firmy Yokogawa V echny u ivatelsk p ru ky pro v robky na n se vztahuje nev bu n schv len ATEX Ex jsou dostupn v angli tin n m in a francouz tin Po adujete li pokyny t kaj c se v robk s nev bu n m schv len m ve va em lok ln m jazyku kontaktujte pros m va i nejbli reprezenta n kancel Yokogawa Visos gamini ATEX Ex kategorijos Eksploatavimo instrukcijos teikiami angle vokie ig ir pranc z kalbomis Nor dami gauti prietais Ex dokumentacij kitomis kalbomis susisiekite su artimiausiu bendrov s Yokogawa biuru arba atstovu Visas ATEX Ex kategorijas izstr d jumu Lieto anas instrukcijas tiek pieg d tas angiu un fran u valod s Ja v laties sa emt Ex ieri u dokument ciju cit valod Jums ir j sazin s ar firmas Jokogava Yokogawa tuv ko ofisu vai p rst vi K ik ATEX Ex toodete kasutamisjuhendid on esitatud inglise saksa ja prantsuse keeles Ex seadmete muukeelse dokumentatsiooni saamiseks p rduge l hima lokagava Yokogawa kontori v i esindaja poole Wszystkie instrukcje obs ugi dla urz dze w wykonaniu przeciwwybuchowym Ex zgodnych z wymaganiami ATEX dost pne sa w jezyku angielskim niemieckim i francuskim Je eli wymagana jest instrukcja obs ugi w Pa stwa lokalnym j zyku prosimy o kontakt z najbli szym biurem Yokogawy Vsi predpisi in navodila za ATEX Ex sorodni pridelki so pri roki
95. of Devices The number of devices max 32 possible on a fieldbus link depends on factors such as the power consumption of each device the type of cable used use of repeaters etc All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 2 FM Applicable standards FM3600 2011 FM3610 2010 FM3810 2005 ANSI NEMA 250 1991 IEC 60529 1999 ANSI ISA 60079 0 2009 ANSI ISA 60079 11 2009 CSA C22 2 157 1992 CSA C22 2 No 25 1992 CSA C22 2 No 30 1988 CSA C22 2 No 0 5 1982 CSA C22 2 No 142 1987 CSA C22 2 No 0 4 1982 CSA C22 2 No 94 1991 9 2 1 Technical Data Remote detector RCCS30 39 XR option FS1 Intrinsically safe AEx ia IIC Class 1 Zone 0 IS Class 1 Division 1 Groups A B C D DIP Class II Division 1 Groups E EG IP67 NEMA 4X Remote converter RCCF31 option FF3 Housing explosion proof Provides intrinsically safe detector circuits AEx ia IIC Class I Zone 1 T6 Class Division 1 Groups A B C D Class 1 Division 1 Groups C D with option HP Class II III Division 1 Groups E F G AIS Class II Division 1 Groups A B C D E F G AIS Class 1 II 111 Division 1 Groups C D E F G with HP IP67 NEMA 4X Ambient temperature range 40 to 50 C Integral type RCCT34 39 IR
96. on the selected sensor model 98 2098 FQC1 O S Defines a linear flow coefficient of the fre quency The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 99 2099 FQC2 O S Defines a quadratic flow coefficient of the frequency The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 100 2100 PRESSURE 0 0 bar O S Sets the pressure value for correction with SKP and FPC 101 2101 PRESSURE UNIT bar O S This parameter shows the unit of PRESSURE range bar or psi 102 2102 SLUG ALARM SELECT Not apply O S This parameter enables the following functions DRIVE GAIN SLUG CRITERIA SLUG DURATION AFTER SLUG DRIVE GAIN DAMPING When the value is Not Apply they do not perform When the value is Apply they perform If gas measurement is ordered this parameter is not available The value is Not apply 103 2103 DRIVE GAIN This parameter indicates a drive gain value When the value of 5100 ALARM SELECT is Not Apply this function does not perform 104 2104 SLUG CRITERIA O S This parameter indicates a level of drive gain when an alarm should happen When the value of SLUG ALARM SELECT is Not Apply users can not change this value Range 0 to 11 V Depends on detector size For RCCF31 not combined with detector data for RCCS36 are stored IM 01RO4B05
97. process fluid is harmful to personnel handle the instrument carefully even after it has been removed from the process line for maintenance or other purposes Exercise extreme care to prevent the fluid from coming into contact with human skin and to avoid inhaling any residual gas Before sending it to the Seller for examination and or repair please clean the instrument thoroughly and make sure that no harmful chemicals are in or at the meter If the instrument contains unknown fluids the Seller will send it back to the Purchaser for cleaning on their cost A WARNING ROTAMASS might be heavy instruments Please give attention to prevent that persons are not in jured by carrying or installing It is preferable when carrying the instrument to use a cart and be done by two or more persons When removing the in strument from hazardous processes avoid contact with the fluid and the interior of the meter Warranty The warranty of the instruments shall cover the period noted on the quotation presented to the purchaser at the time of purchase The Seller shall repair the instrument free of charge when the fail ure occurred during the warranty period All inquiries on instrument failure should be direct ed to the Seller s sales representative from whom you purchased the instrument or your nearest sales office of the Seller Should the instrument fail contact the Seller specifying the model and instrument number of the product in ques
98. required Up to ANSI class 900 line pressure Only with FM approval option For liquid application the leakage detection is realized by software in the converter For gas application options GA and RD rupture disk are mandatory Rupture disk is only for annunciation IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 2 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS Ambient Temperature Limits Remote detector RCCS3 Standard 50 C to 80 C Option LT 50 C to 80 C Option MT 50 C to 80 C Option HT 50 C to 65 C up to 280 medium temperature 50 C to 55 C up to 350 C medium temperature Terminal box temperature should not exceed 100 C Remote converter RCCF31 and Integral type RCCT3 Display operating range 20 C to 55 C Electronic operating range 40 C to 55 Cold start above 30 C Where meters are mounted in direct sunlight it is recom mended to install a sunshade This is particularly important in countries with high ambient temperatures Ambient Humidity Limits 0 to 95 RH Process Temperature Limits Detector RCCS30LR to 33 50 C to 150 C RCCS30LR to 33 50 C to 260 C RCCS34 to 39 XR 70 C to 150 C RCCS34 to 39 XR LT 200 C to 150 C RCCS34 to 39 XR MT 70 C to 230 C Range 150 C 230 C recommended with Tx option RCCS34 to 39 IR HT 0 C to 350 C only with Tx option or with S2 and customer insulation RCC
99. technical reasons the case of the detector is connected to the case of the converter via the shielding of the interconnecting cable Installation of separate intrinsic safe ground for Remote type RCCS3 with RCCF31 see Control Drawing 8300027 Remove the stopping plug on detector connecting side and replace it by a dust proofed cable gland Open the cover on detector connecting side of RCCF31 Remove the cable between COM terminal and the ground screw Put the intrinsic safe ground cable through the new installed cable gland Connect the IS ground cable to the COM terminal Install the remote cable between detector RCCS3 and converter RCCF31 as shown this chapter 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 12 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 2 3 General warnings N WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Only trained persons may use the instrument in industrial location The instrument modification of parts replacement by other than authorized representatives of YOKOGAWA is prohibited and will void the certification If the cover of the converter case has to be opened following instructions must be followed Confirm that the power cables to the instrument are disconnected Wait 15 minutes after power is turned off before opening the covers The covers of display side and terminal box are fixed
100. the EMC specifications the following measures must be carried out 1 Put the power cables through the ferrite core clamp before connecting to the terminals as shown in chapter Installation Power supply wiring 2 Put the cables through the ferrite core clamp before connecting to the terminals as shown in chapter Installation Power supply wiring 3 Connect protective ground conductor of power supply to PE terminal in the terminal box see chapter Installation Power supply wiring 4 n case of Explosion proof type instrument fur ther requirements are described in chapter 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS The description in this chapter is prior to other de scriptions in this instruction manual IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 1 INTRODUCTION 1 4 ATEX Documentation This is only applicable to the countries in European Union 0000000 All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related products are available in English German and French Should you require Ex related instructions in your local language you are to contact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative Alle brugervejledninger for produkter relateret til ATEX Ex er tilgeengelige p engelsk tysk og fransk Skulle De nske yderligere oplysninger om h ndtering af Ex produkter p eget sprog kan De rette henvendelse herom til den n rmeste Yokogawa afdeling eller forhandler Tutti i manuali operativ
101. the OUT Feed forward Adds the value of the FF VAL input to the PID block to the output from the PID computation Measured value tracking Equalizes the setpoint SP to the measured value PV Setpoint limiters Limit the value of setpoint SP within the preset upper and lower levels as well as limit the rate of change when the PID block is in Auto mode External output tracking Performs the scaling of the value of TRK VAL to the range of the OUT and outputs it as the OUT Mode change Changes the block mode between 8 modes O S IMan LO Man Auto Cas RCas ROut Bumpless transfer Prevents a sudden change in the control output OUT at changes in block mode and at switching of the connection from the control output OUT to the cascaded secondary function block Initialization and manual Changes the block mode to IMan and suspends the control action when the specified condition is met fallback Manual fallback Changes the block mode to Man and aborts the control action Auto fallback Changes the block mode to Auto when it is Cas and continues the control action with the setpoint set by the operator Mode shedding upon Changes the block mode in accordance with the SHED setting upon a computer failure computer failure Alarm processing Generates block alarms and process alarms and performs event updates 0501 5 Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota A 47 IM
102. to be opened following instructions must be followed N WARNING Confirm that the power cables to the instrument are disconnected Wait 15 minutes after power is turned off before opening the covers The covers of display side and terminal box are fixed with special screws please use Hexagonal Wrench to open the covers Be sure to lock the cover with special screw using the Hexagonal Wrench after tightening the cover Before starting the operation again be sure to lock the cover with the locking screws 6 Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in azardous locations 7 Prohibition of specification changes and modifications Users are prohibited from making any odifications of specifications or physical configuration such as adding or changing the configuration of external wiring ports 9 1 4 Maintenance and repair N WARNING The instrument modification of parts replacement by other than authorized representatives of YOKOGAWA is prohibited and will void the certification 9 1 5 Ex relevant marking on name plate option KF3 KEMA 02 ATEX 2183X II 2 G Ex d ib IIC T6 T3 Gb 2 G Ex de ib IIC T6 T3 Gb II 2 D Ex ib tb T150 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc TEMP CLASS T6 T5 4 PROCESS TEMP 65 80 115 150 C ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFO
103. v angli ini nem ini ter franco ini e so Ex sorodna navodila potrebna v va em tukejnjem jeziku kontaktirajte va najbli i Yokogawa office ili predstaunika Az ATEX Ex m szerek g pk nyveit angol n met s francia nyelven adjuk ki Amennyiben helyi nyelven k rik az Ex eszk z k le r sait k rj k keress k fel a legk zelebbi Yokogawa irod t vagy k pviseletet ATEX Ex or Ex ce c Yokogawa Toate manualele de instructiuni pentru produsele ATEX Ex sunt in limba engleza germana si franceza In cazul in care doriti instructiunile in limba locala trebuie sa contactati cel mai apropiat birou sau reprezentant Yokogawa ll manwali kollha ta l istruzzjonijiet g al prodotti marbuta ma ATEX Ex huma disponibbli bl Ingli bil ermani u bil Fran i Jekk tkun te tie struzzjonijiet marbuta Ex fil lingwa lokali tieg ek g andek tikkuntattja lill eqreb rappre entan jew uffi ju ta Yokogawa All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 15 Disposal Cleaning and Return For safe use WARNING If the
104. was detected at the time of starting Remedy Check the cables power and RB Softdown Error RB SOFTDWN ERROR Slug Detection A 14 Alarm Slug criterion is reached A 14 Remedy Reduce gas bubbles in medium Empty Pipe Detection A 15 Alarm Empty Pipe criterion is reached A 15 Remedy Fill pipe Corrosion Detection A 16 Alarm Corrosion criterion is reached A 16 Remedy Change detector Density Lower 0 3kg I W 01 Warning Density lower than O 3kg l W 01 Remedy Fill detector with fluid Fixed Dens Selected W 02 Warning Reference density is enabled W 02 Remedy Set TB Density Fixed Value Selection TB DENSITY FIX VAL SEL to inhibit Fixed Temp Selected W 03 Temperature fixed value is enabled W 03 Temp Sensor Failure E 08 Temperature sensor failed E 08 T lt 210degC or T gt 450degC Remedy Set TB Temperature Fixed Value Selection TB TEMP FIX VAL SELECT to inhibit Fixed Mass Flow Selected W 04 Warning Mass flow fixed value is enabled W 04 Remedy Set TB Mass Flow Fixed Value Selection TB MASS FLOW FIX VAL SEL to inhibit Autozero Value out of Range W 6 Warning Autozero value is out of the internal detector depending range W 06 Remedy Stop flow during autozero Check detector installation Autozero Fluct out of Range W 7 Warning Autozero fluctuation is out of the internal detector depending range W 07 Remedy Stop flow during autozero Check electrical installation vibr
105. window displayed for the ROTAMASS module Figure A8 1 Hardware Failure 2 DeviceViewer FT3004 D x File Mode View Settings 255 Device Path Built in Connection Device Tag FT3004 Diagnostic Information Trend Information r Alarm Display Diagnostic Parameter List B EEPROM Failure E 03 EEPROM Failure E 03 04 DSP Fallure E 05 e Serial Com Errori E 11 e Serial Com Errorz E 12 Transducer Status Frequency Failure E 01 Signal Failure E 02 Sensor 1 Signal Failure E 06 C Sensor 2 Signal Failure E 07 L Parameter List Title Parameter Name Value Unit Quality Mass Flow Value TBO1 MASS FL 0 000000 Bad Device Fa Volume Flow Value TBO1 VOLUME 0 000000 m3jh Bad Device Fa Density Value TBO1 DENSITY_ 0 000000 Bad Device Fa Temperature Value 01 0 000000 degC Bad Device Fa Concentration TBO1 CONCENT 0 000000 WT Bad Device Fa Net Flow Value TBO1 NET FLO 0 000000 Device Ready 2 Table 8 1 Hardware Failure EEPROM Failure E 03 Error EEPROM Fieldbus failed E 03 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center EEPROM Failure E 03 Error EEPROM HART failed E 03 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center CPU Failure E 04 Error CPU Micropr
106. with special screws please use Hexagonal Wrench to open the covers Be sure to lock the cover with special screw using the Hexagonal Wrench after tightening the cover Before starting the operation again be sure to lock the cover with the locking screws Prohibition of specification changes and modifications Users are prohibited from making any modifications of specifications or physical configuration such as adding or changing the configuration of external wiring ports Marking of Ex d covers The cover with glass window is marked inside with an Ex label as shown below All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 13 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 2 4 Ex relevant marking on name plate option FF3 Control Drawing No 8300026 Class Division 1 Group A B C D Class II III Division 1 Group E F G AEx d ia IIC Class 1 Zone 1 T6 Conduit Seals required within 18 inches Use Conductors rated 70 C TYPE NEMA 4X IP67 A WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCF31 option FF3 Control Drawing No 8300027 Class Division 1 Group A B C D AIS Class I II IIl Division 1 Group A C D F G Class II III Division 1 Group E F G AEx d ia IIC Class Zone 1 T6 Conduit Seals required within 18 inches Use Conductors rated 70 C TYPE NEMA 4X IP67
107. 0 success configuration retained download successfully completed 32768 65535 Download error See Table 4 for error codes 4 Download Domain Index Indicates the index number of the domain for software downloading Download Domain Header Indicates the index number of the domain header to which the download Index is performing 6 Activated Domain Header 4 Indicates the index numbers of the domain header currently running Index T Domain Name 8 Indicates the domain name With this product Domain Name indicates the field device name TA0110 EPS 3 DOMAIN_HEADER Sub Element ion Description Index Bytes 1 Header Version Number 2 Indicates the version number of the header 2 Header Size 2 Indicates the header size 3 Manufacturer ID 6 Indicates the value of resource blocks MANUFAC manufacturer ID as character string data 4 Device Family 4 Indicates the device family With this product Device Family indicates the value of resource block s DEV TYPE as character string data 5 Device Type 4 Indicates the value of resource blocks as character string data 6 Device Revision 1 Indicates the value of resource blocks REV 7 DD Revision 1 Indicates the value of resource block s DD REV 8 Software Revision 8 Indicates the value of resource blocks SOFT REV 9 Software Name Indicates the attribute of the binary file With this product Software Name indicates either of the following ORIGINAL followed by one space Original f
108. 000000 W 73 IT1 Last Out Not Savedt 0 00800000 W 58 172 Non Schedule 0 00400000 W 57 IT1 Non Schedule 0 00200000 W 56 16 Non Schedule 0 00100000 W 55 15 Non Schedule 0 00080000 W 54 Al4 Non Schedule 0 00040000 W 53 AI3 Non Schedule 0 00020000 W 52 AI2 Non Schedule 0 00010000 W 51 Non Schedule 0 00008000 W 63 PID FB 2 0 00004000 W 62 PID FB Error1 0 00002000 W 61 PID Bypass mode 0 00000020 W 46 16 Sim enabled 0 00000010 W 45 AI5 Sim enabled 0 00000008 W 44 Sim enabled 0 00000004 43 Sim enabled 0 00000002 W 42 412 Sim enabled 0 00000001 W 41 Sim enabled T0705 EPS IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 7 DEVICE STATUS XM N Dank Page 1 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 7 4 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Model Remote detector RCCS30 to 33 2 tubes low flow design Remote detector RCCS34 to 39 XR 2 tube design Remote field mount converter RCCF31 Integral type RCCT34 to 39 XR 2 tube integral design Fluid to be measured Liquid gas or slurries Measurement Items Mass flow density temperature and derived from these values concentration volume flow and net flow Mass Flow Measurement Table 1 measuring range acesso Rccssz Rccss
109. 01R04B05 00E E th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK A5 3 Parameters of PID Block NOTE In the table below the Write column shows the modes in which the respective parameters can be written A blank in the Write column indicates that the corresponding parameter can be written in all modes of the PID block A dash indicates that the corresponding parameter cannot be written in any mode Parameter Default xm Index Name factory setting Write Valid Range Description Block Header TAG PID Block Tag Same as that for an Al block O S 1 ST_REV Same as that for an block 2 TAG DESC blank Same as that for an block 3 STRATEGY 0 Same as that for an Al block 4 KEY 1 1 to 255 Same as that for an Al block 5 MODE BLK 6 BLOCK ERR Same as that for an Al block 7 Measured value the non dimensional value that is converted from the input IN value based on the PV SCALE values and filtered 8 SP 0 AUTO SCALE 10 Setpoint OUT MAN Output 10 PV SCALE 100 O S Upper and lower scale limit values used for scaling of the 0 input IN value 1342 1 11 OUT SCALE 100 O S Upper and lower scale limit values used for scaling of the 0 control output OUT value to the values in the 1342 engineering unit 1 12 GRANT_DENY 0 AUTO Same as that for an Al block 13
110. 1 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 Process connection rating and style Mini Clamp Integral Type Option Code Option Description Restrictions code Fieldbus Communication Digital communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol Provides a PID control block Provides software download capability Hazardous Area Approvals GOST QR1 QR2 QR3 Dual Seal Approval 08 RD With customer specified tag number of FF communication node address in converter ATEX Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector ATEX Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector Intrinsic safe fieldbus FM approval for USA Canada Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector IECEx Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector IECEx Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector Intrinsic safe fieldbus INMETRO Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector INMETRO FI lame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector Intrinsic safe fieldbus NEPSI Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector NEPSI Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector Intrinsic safe fieldbus Primary Calibration and Test Confirmation valid in Russia Primary Calibration and Test Confirmation valid in Kazakhstan Primary Calibration and Test Confirmation valid in Uzbekistan Dual Seal approval conform with ANSI ISA
111. 1 4 3 1 Status of Value after Addition A 18 mR A 19 A1 4 4 Integrator er A 19 A1 4 5 Output Process u A 21 A14 5 1 Status Det rminatio UU Be ecu sanam ra ca En SEEK A 21 A1 4 5 2 Determining the Output Value l A 22 A14 5 3 Mode Handling enzex ka sana UU KEU nS RE 7E A 23 4 6 R s tu A 23 AT4 6 1 Reset LIL 23 A1 4 6 2 C RR OR A 23 A14 6 3 Reset 55 uice ixi kx AG a ECREUOXELELAQAUERYIE KRKR IG ER NRKR A 24 1 4 7 List of Integrator Block Parameters A 25 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 iv All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa CONTENTS APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS u u Kad didis A 27 A2 1 Applications and Selection of Basi
112. 100 of XD SCALE Set the lower range limit in EU at 0 of XD SCALE 0204 5 measure 0 to 200 C Set C 1001 in Unit Index of SCALE Set 200 in EU 100 of XD SCALE Set 0 in EU at 0 of SCALE Access the OUT SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of OUT SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the upper range limit in EU at 100 of OUT SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the lower range limit in EU at 0 of OUT SCALE 0205 5 set the output range to 0 to 200 C Set C 1001 in Unit Index of SCALE Set 200 in EU at 100 of SCALE Set 0 in EU at 0 of XD SCALE 1 Each unit is expressed using a 4 digit numeric code Refer to Section 5 6 4 Al Function Block Parameters 5 Setting the output mode Access the L TYPE parameter Set the output mode 1 Direct 2 Indirect Sensor output value Linear output value 0206 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS 6 Simulation Perform simulation of each Al function block by setting the desired value and status of the input to the block REMOTE LOOP TEST SWITCH is written to SIM ENABLE MSG index 1044 parameter of the resource block Access the En Disable element of the SIMULATE parameter to enable simulation 1 Disa
113. 103 kg l 1097 kg cum AI3 I 1108 Ib gal Channel 3 Tv Density 1107 Ib cutt 1100 g cc 1111 H Baume 1112 L Baume 1113 degAPI Al4 1000 Kelvin Channel 4 Temperature 1001 degC QV 1002 degF Channel 1 PV Volume Flow XD_SCALE Units selectable when FIXED DENSITY is selected Standard Volume Flow Units selectable when Gas measurement GA is selected Gas or Liquid When Concentration Standard or Net Oil is selected All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 17 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 m CONFIGURATION XD SCALE 15 Channel 5 5V Concen tration 1426 degBrix Brix 65520 WT 65521 Vol 1343 WT sol 1344 Vol sol Stand ard or Net Oil 1111 H Baume 1112 L Baume 1113 degAPI Advanced acc to cus tomer s spec read only 1318 g sec 1319 g min 1320 g h 1322 kg s 16 Channel 6 6V Net Flaw 1324 kg h 1327 t min 1328 t h 1330 Ib s 1331 Ib min 1332 Ib h 1323 kg min OUT SCALE to 16 1342 OUT SCALE Sets the range of output from 096 to 100 Available units for OUT SCALE are the Table 5 16 units for XD SCALE L TYPE Specifies the operation function of the AI blocks The factory default is Direct so the input delivered to CHANNEL is directly re flected on OUT If set to
114. 2 into that of IN 1 19 PULSE VAL1 10 MAN Set the factor for converting the number of pulses for the corresponding 20 PULSE VAL2 1 0 MAN IN into an appropriate engineering unit 21 REV FLOW1 0 Auto 2 Selector switch used to specify the fluid flow direction 22 FLOW2 Auto 2 forward reverse with respect to the corresponding IN 23 RESET_IN Auto 2 2 The parameter that receives a reset request from an external block to reset the integrated values 24 STOTAL 0 0 4 Indicates the snapshot of OUT just before a reset 25 RTOTAL 0 0 MAN 4 4 Indicates the integrated value of the absolute values of the increments if the input status is Bad 26 SRTOTAL 0 0 4 Indicates the snapshot of RTOTAL just before a reset 27 SSP 0 0 4 Indicates the snapshot of TOTAL SP just before a reset Integration Type Setting Value Name Description 1 UP AUTO Counts up and is automatically reset when TOTAL SP is reached UP AUTO 2 UP DEM Counts up and is reset as demanded 28 INTEG TYPE 1 Auto 3 DN AUTO Counts down and is automatically reset when is reached 4 DN DEM Counts down and is reset as demanded 5 PERIODIC Counts up and is reset at periods specified in CLOCK PER 6 DEMAND Counts up and is reset as demanded 7 PER amp DEM Reset periodically or as demanded Specifies an integration optional function bit Option Name Description 0 Input 1 accumulate Selects Rate or Accum input of IN_1 1 Input 2 accumulate Selects Rate or Ac
115. 2 mH Ci negligible small Driving circuit terminals D D with option HP Ui 16 V li 153 mA Pi 0 612 W Li 4 2 mH Ci negligible small Sensor circuits terminals 51 S1 or S2 S2 Ui 16 V li 80 mA Pi 0 32 W Li 4 2 mH Ci negligible small Temperature sensor circuit terminals 1 2 Ui 16 V li 50 mA Pi 0 2 W Li negligible small Ci negligible small Electrical data Remote detector RCCS34 39 XR Driving circuit terminals D and D Ui 16 V li 58 mA Pi 0 212 W Li 3 2 mH Ci negligible small Driving circuit terminals D D with option HP Ui 16 V li 153 mA Pi 0 612 W Li 3 2 mH Ci negligible small Sensor circuits terminals 51 S1 or S2 S2 Ui 16 V li 80 mA Pi 0 32 W Li 2 1 mH Ci negligible small Temperature sensor circuit terminals 1 2 Ui 16 V li 50 mA Pi 0 2 W Li negligible small Ci negligible small All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Temperature classification The remote converter RCCF31 has a T6 temperature class rating for operation at ambient temperature up to 50 C 122 F Coherence between temperature class ambient and medium temperature temperature of heat carrier T1 45 C 113 F 350 C 662 F RCCS30LR to RCCS33 RCCS30LR to R
116. 2005 Rota Yokogawa 11 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS Relative Index 91 Index 2091 Parameter Name FTC1 Factory Default Write Mode O S Explanation Defines a linear temperature coefficient of the frequency at roh 1 The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 92 2092 FTCK O S Defines a quadratic temperature coefficient of the frequency at roh 1 The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 93 2093 SKP O S Defines a linear pressure coefficient of the sensor constant SK20 The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 94 2094 FPC O S Defines a linear pressure coefficient of the frequency The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 95 2095 SKTK O S Defines a quadratic temperature coefficient of the sensor constant SK20 The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 96 2096 SKPT O S Defines a quadratic pressure coefficient of the sensor constant SK20 The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 97 2097 FPTC O S Defines a temperature pressure coefficient of the frequency The valid range and the default value de pend
117. 2012 EN 60079 1 2007 EN 60079 7 2007 EN 60079 11 2012 EN 60079 31 2009 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa Remote detector RCCS30LR 33 option KS1 O1ATEX 1075 X Intrinsically safe I 2G Ex ib IIB IIC T1 T6 Gb 120 Ex ib IIIC T Db max surface temperature see below Max surface temperature Standard 150 C MT 260 C MT not T 320 C Degree of protection IP67 Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 50 C to 80 C Process temperature limits Standard 50 C to 150 C MT 50 C to 260 C MT not T 50 C to 320 C Heat carrier fluid temperature limits Standard 0 C to 150 C Option MT 0 C to 260 C Remote detector RCCS34 39 XR option KS1 O1ATEX 1075 X Intrinsically safe I 2G Ex ib IIB IIC T1 T6 Gb 120 Ex ib IIIC T Db max surface temperature see below Max surface temperature Standard LT 150 C MT 220 C HT 350 C Degree of protection IP67 Ambient humidity to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 50 C to 80 C Option HT process temperature lt 280 C 50 C to 65 C Option HT process temperature lt 350 C 50 C to 55 C Process temperature limits Standard 50 C to 150 C Option MT 50 C to 220 C Option HT
118. 3 mA Pi 0 212 W Li 3 2 mH Ci negligible small Ui 16 V li 153 mA Pi 0 612 W Li 3 2 mH Ci negligible small Sensor circuits terminals S1 S1 or 52 S2 Ex ib IIC Ui 16 V li 80 mA Pi 0 32 W Li 2 1 mH Ci negligible small Temp sensor circuit terminals TP1 TP2 TP3 Ex ib IIC Ui 16 V li 50 mA Pi 0 2 W Li negligible small Ci negligible small Ex ib IIB IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Marking of Ex d covers The cover with glass window is marked inside with an Ex label as shown below Electrical data remote converter RCCF31 RCCR31 and converter of Intergral type RCCT3 Driving circuit terminals D D Ex ib IIC Uo 14 5 V lo 47 mA 0 171 W Lo 15 mH 0 65 Ex ib IIB Uo 11 7 V lo 124 mA Po 0 363 W Lo 8 mH Co 10 3 pF Sensor circuits terminals S1 S1 or 52 S2 Ex ib IIC 14 5 V 0 47 mA Po 0 171 W Lo 15 mH Co 0 65 Temperature sensor circuit terminals TP1 TP2 Ex ib IIC Uo 13 3 V lo 40 mA 0 133 W Lo 20 mH Co 20 91 Fieldbus en ut only option KF4 FISCO model Ex ia IIC Ls iH V Ue 380 oma Pis 5 32 W Ex ia IIB 0217 46 mA 5 32 W 1 6 uH Ci 2 7 nF Entity model Ex ia IIC Ui 24 V li 250 mA Pi 1 2 W Li 1 6 pH Ci 2 7 nF Temperature classification The remote
119. 31X Ex d ib IIC T6 Gb or Ex d e ib IIC T6 Gb Ex tb ib T75 C Db ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA AN WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCF31 option EF4 IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex d ib ia Ga IIC T6 Gb or Ex d e ib ia Ga IIC T6 Gb Ex tb ia Da ib T75 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA AN WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCS34 to 39 XR option ES1 IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex ib IIC IIB T6 T1 Gb Ex ib T150 C Db 66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA RCCS34 to 39 XR option ES1 MT IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex ib IIC IIB T6 T1 Gb Ex ib T220 C Db 66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA RCCS34 to 39 XR option ES1 HT IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex ib IIC IIB 6 1 Gb Ex ib T350 C Db IP66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 23 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS RCCF31 option EF3 HP IECEx KEM 06 0031X di b IIB T6 Gb Ex d e ib IIB T6 Gb Ex tb ib T75 C Db ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCF31 option EF4 HP IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex d ib ia IIC Ga IIB T6 Gb or Ex d e ib ia IIC Ga IIB T6 Gb Ex tb ia Da ib T75 C Db DIODE SAFETY BA
120. 5 APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK Process Alarm Cause of Occurrence Parameter Containing Priority Level Setting ALM Occurs when the PV increases PRI above the HI value ALM Occurs when the PV increases HI PRI above HI value LO ALM Occurs when the PV decreases LO below the LO LIM value LO LO ALM Occurs when the PV decreases LO LO LIM below the LO LO value DV ALM Occurs when the value of DV PRI PV SP increases above the DV HI LIM value DV LO Occurs when the value of DV LO PRI PV SP decreases below the DV LO LIM value TA0512 EPS 5 19 Example of Block Connections Al OUT IN PID BKCAL_IN OUT CAS_IN AO BKCAL_OUT FA0506 EPS IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK When configuring a simple PID control loop by combining a ROTAMASS with fieldbus valve positioner that contains an AO block follow the procedure below to make the settings of the cor responding fieldbus function blocks 1 Connect the Al block and PID block of the ROTAMASS and the AO block of the valve positioner as shown above 2 Set MODE BLK target of the PID block to O S and then set GAIN RESET and RATE to ap propriate values 3 Check that the value of MODE BLK actual of the AI block is AUTO 4 Set MO
121. 5 not open 0x00000040 Link Obj 10 26 not open 0x00000020 Link Obj 11 27 not open 0x00000010 Link Obj 12 28 not open 0x00000008 Link Obj 13 29 not open 0x00000004 Link Obj 14 30 not open 0x00000002 Link Obj 15 31 not open 0x00000001 Link Obj 16 32 not open All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 0701 5 7 1 01804805 4th edition January 31 2014 00 7 DEVICE STATUS Table 72 Contents of RS DEVICE_STATUS_ 2 Index 1046 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0 20000000 12 Serial communication error2 0 10000000 11 Serial communication error1 0 00800000 E 08 Temp Sensor Fault 0 00400000 07 Sensor 2 Signal Fault 0 00200000 E 06 Sensor 1 Signal Fault 0 00100000 05 DSP Fault 0x00080000 04 CPU Fault 0x00040000 E 03 EEPROM HART Fault 0x00020000 02 Signal Fault 0 00010000 01 Frequency Fault 0x00000200 W 08 PD Freq Simulation Active 0x00000100 W 07 Autozero Fluctuation out of Range 0x00000080 06 Autozero Value out of Range 0x00000040 W 04 Fixed Mass Flow Selected 0x00000020 W 03 Fixed Temp Selected 0 00000010 W 02 Fixed Dens Selected 0x00000008 W 01 Density lower 0 0 00000004 16 Corrosion Detection 0x00000002 A 15 Empty Pipe Detection 0x00000001 A 14 Slug Detection
122. 76 F 220 C 428 F 65 C 149 F 275 C 527 F T1 45 C 113 F 350 C 662 F For customer insulation of RCCS34 to 39 IR the following must be regarded The table with factory insulation is calculated with 80 mm insulation and k factor 0 4 W m K If your insulation data are worse than these use table without insulation IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 20 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 3 2 Installation 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Installation for ROTAMASS with EF3 see in chapter 9 2 2 Integral type RCCT3 EF4 Integral type Terminator Safe Area Rotamass Power suppl Flowmeter FFout FFout N O ACor DC Lo o PV Field Instrument ot Terminato Field Instrument Hazardous Area Safe Area o Safety ba rrier Remote type RCCF31 EF4 with RCCS3 ES1 Remote type Terminator F09105 EPS o Field Instrument Hazardous Area ot Field Instrument Safe Area Terminati or Safety ban Remote Cable RCCS3 RCCF31 Converter RCCY03 Detector rier O
123. APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE snes qvg einireJ induy smes qvg nire dul 983 52018 smes avg einieJ Idul 9jeno53y JOU uolsi AuoO 105095 NIVLH3ONR SNLYLS 1 9jeino53y JOU uolsi AuoO 105095 NIVLH3ONR 501 19 snes qvg eunireJ Ndu HH3 32018 N JOU Josues S 11V1S 100 9je1nooy JOU uolsi AuoO 10509 NIVLYAONN SNLWLS oyioeds ava S 1V1S Ad oyloads Va snivis 1094 ava snivis snes qvg einje snes qvg einire4 idul 1094 8 SNLWLS 110 8 SNYLS snes avg einjes snes qvg nlie4 Ndu JOU UOISIBAUOD 1osu sS NIVLH3ONn S 11V1S 110 JOU UOISIBAUOD 105495 S 11V1S ejeinooy JOU 1osu S SNLWLS 100 JOU 1osu S NIVLH3ONn SNIWLS Ad oyloeds ava SNLWLS 110 ava SNIWLS Ad snes qvg einire4 induy UON ava SNLYLS 1 aads uoN av8 SNLWLS Ad snes avg einire Idul JOU uolsi AuoO 108095 NIVIH3ONf SN LWLS 1100 ejeinooy JOU UOISI AUOD 108095 SNLWLS Ad oyloeds ava SNLWLS
124. ActiveScheduleVersion subindex 3 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 72 A2 2 Make the ROTAMASS declare itself as and become the LAS by writing 0x00 false to PrimaryLinkMaster FlagVariable in the current LAS and OxFF true to PrimaryLinkMasterFlagVari able index 364 in the ROTAMASS Q3 Ona segment where a ROTAMASS works as the LAS another device cannot be connected Why 1 Check the following bus parameters that in dicate the bus parameter as being the LAS for the ROTAMASS and the capabilities of being the LAS for the device that cannot be connected V ST V MID and V MRD of ROTAMASS ConfiguredLinkSettingsRe cord index 369 V ST V MID and V MRD of problem atic device DImeBasiclnfo Then confirm that the following conditions are met ROTAMASS V ST V MID V MRD Problematic Device V ST V MID V MRD gt A3 2 Check that the node address of the prob lematic device does not lie within either 0x00 to 0x10 or the range of unused unpolled node addresses determined by the ROTAMASS LM parameter settings which is 0x00 to 0x10 or V FUN to V FUN V NUM Refer to Section 5 2 Network Definition Q4 The LCD keeps showing It is presumed that an LAS does not exist on the bus or the ROTAMASS cannot estab lish communication with the LAS What should be done A4 1 Check that an LAS is connected on the bus When usin
125. All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE josues qva 501151 0 enjre4 105495 qvg sn vLS AY 1 5 95 GVE SNIWLS Ad enjre4 105495 9 501 15 jeuuou jo gt 25 smes qvg einieJ Ndu smes qvg nire3 Indu snieis snes qvg enitej Ndu smes qvg nirej 5 2 10sues 30018 Ad uud 3OO18 HH3 3018 j0sues qva SnivrS LNO enjre4 JOSUBS 1 6 811 15 AQ 1051098 QVE SNIWLS Ad anire 10 96 Ova 901315110 105ues GVS STUVIS epmydwy E zs aney 105095 Qvg snivls ewou JO gt 15 E IeuBis 10505 epe HH3 39018 12615 103 9 anje 5 z1osues 1 8 811 18 Ag eunjre4 39448 2 8 81 1 15 anea e2weq avga snivis einjre4 eoweq CVE SNLVLS aney ava snivis GVE SNLWLS 458 Jeuio uud 3 5 9 501 15 AQ 9 501 15 aned avg snivis AOI avg snivls
126. CCS33 without insulation with factory insulation Temp Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process class temperature temperature temperature temperature T6 50 C 122 F 60 C 140 F 60 C 140 F 60 C 140 F T5 50 122 F 80 C 176 F 80 C 176 F 90 C 194 F T4 EC c di AL 80 176 130 266 T3 80 C 176 F 180 C 356 F 80 C 176 F 180 C 356 F T2 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F T1 80 C 176 F 260 C 608 F 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F RCCS34 to RCCS39 XR RCCS34 to RCCS39 XR RCCT34 to RCCT39 XR without insulation with factory insulation Temp Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process class temperature temperature temperature temperature temperature temperature T6 40 C 104 F 40 104 F 65 C 149 C 65 C 149 F 50 C 122 F 65 C 149 C T5 55 C 131 F 55 C 131 F 75 C 167 F 75 C 167 F 50 C 122 F 80 C 176 F T4 ps 2 70 C 158 F 115 239 50 C 122 F 115 239 T3 4 I poda 70 C 158 F 180 C 356 F 50 C 122 F 150 C 302 F T2 80 C 176 F 220 C 428 F 65 C 149 F 275 C 527 F For customer insulation of RCCS34 to 39 IR the following must be regarded The table with factory insulation is calculated with 80 mm insulation and k factor 0 4 W m K If your insulation data are worse than these use table witho
127. DE BLK target of the AO block to CASIAUTO meaning CAS and AUTO 5 Check that the value of BKCAL IN status of the PID block is not Bad 6 Check that the value of IN status of the PID block is not Bad 7 Check that AUTO is set in MODE BLK permit ted of the PID block 8 Set MODE BLK target of the PID block to AUTO When finishing all steps in order the PID block and AO block exchange the respective informa tion and initialize the cascade connection Con sequently the value of MODE BLK actual of the PID block changes to AUTO and automatic PID control starts IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 56 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD A6 1 Benefits of Software Download This function enables you to download software to field devices via a FOUNDATION Fieldbus to update their software Typical uses are to add new features such as function blocks and diagnostics to existing devices and to optimize existing field devices for your plant Update Program New Diagnostics Figure A6 1 Concept of Software Downloading A6 2 Specifications A6 3 Preparations for Steady state current Max 15 mA Software Downloading Current Draw Steady state 15mA max For software downloading you need to prepare Current Draw Software Download state 24mA the following max Software download tool e Software for downl
128. DEV TYPE 0x594543 13 Manufacturer identification number used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource Manufacturer s model number associated with the resource used by interface devices to locate the DD file for the resource 12 1012 DEV REV Manufacturer revision number associated with the resource used by an interface de vice to locate the DD file for the resource 13 1013 DD REV Revision of the DD associated with the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource 14 1014 GRANT DENY AUTO Options for controlling access of host com puter and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 15 1015 HARD TYPES 0x0001 Scalar input The types of hardware available as channel number bitO Scalar input bit1 Scalar output bit2 Discrete input bit3 Discrete output Status on July 2010 xxx REV can change due to further development All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 1 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS 16 1016 RESTART Allows a manual restart to be initiated Several degrees of restart are possible They are 1 Run 2 Restart resource 3 Restart with defaults and 4 Restart processor 17 1017 FEATURES 0x000a Soft write lock supported
129. ENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE 413 dnyoeg LLII 3009 ZLI LL 95 Gld poN ssed g 0 i i peinpeuos ION LLLI JON 9IV m m 5 JON SIV FIV peinpeuos ION ElV ION ZIV peinpeuos ION annoy uoneinuis uonelntu s 9Iv uonelnuuis SIV annoy uonelntu S e x E All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa uonelnuu S uonelnuus ZIV uonelnuuiS LIV s 01804 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 43 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE 2 Alarm Mask Switch Settings Some alarms can be disabled and enabled us ing switches in parameter ALARM_PERFORM inside the transducer block as explained below 1 Setting As shown in the following table the indi vidual bits of ALARM PERFORM at relative index 125 act as switches to disable and enable particular alarms Write zeros to the respective bits to disable desired alarms or write ones to enable them 2 Default Values See the table below Bitin ALARM PERFORM Corresponding Alarms Factory Default 0 Disable 1 Enable Bit 15 unused bit Bit 14 unused bit Bit 13 u
130. ENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A 65 71 Link Active aeaaaee aaa iaaa A 65 Link MaSIGE KR ERR UR ERR RR A 65 A73 Transfer OF LAS ER Kx RR A 66 AZA LM FUN m c A 67 A79 LM Parameters A 68 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 vi All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa CONTENTS 875 1 LM Parameter List L I la a doc o OR Un a a o E RR E ER E A 68 A75 2 Descriptions for LM Parameters A 70 Ly MI C c A 72 AND Plant Resource Manager gt Af Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa vii IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 CONTENTS rrp X IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 viii All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 1 INTRODUCTION This instrument has been adjusted at the factory before shipment To ensure correct use of the instrument please read this manual thoroughly and fully understand how to operate the instrument before operating it A NOTE This manual describes the hardware and soft ware configurations of the Rotamass Coriolis Massflowmeter Regarding This User s Manual e
131. ER_CAPABILITIES_VARIABLE 0x04 RW 363 DLME_LINK_MASTER_ 0 RW INFO_RECORD 1 MaxSchedulingOverhead 0 2 DefMinTokenDelegTime 100 3 DefTokenHoldTime 300 4 TargetTokenRotTime 4096 5 LinkMaintTokHoldTime 400 6 TimeDistributionPeriod 5000 7 MaximumlnactivityToClaimLasDelay 8 8 LasDatabaseStatusSpduDistributionPeriod 6000 364 PRIMARY_LINK MASTER_FLAG_VARIABLE _ RW _ LAS True OxFF non LAS False 0x00 365 LIVE LIST STATUS ARRAY VARIABLE R 366 MAX_TOKEN_HOLD_ 0 0x0000x16 0x012cx16 RW TIME ARRAY 1 Elementi 0 012 5 0x0000x27 2 Element2 0x0000x32 3 Element3 0x0000x32 4 4 0x0000x32 5 Element5 0x0000x32 6 Element6 0x0000x31 0x012c 7 Element 0x012cx32 8 Element8 0x02 367 BOOT OPERAT FUNCTIONAL CLASS RW 0 01 basic device 0x02 LM 368 CURRENT LINK 0 R Settings for LAS SETTING RECORD 1 SlotTime 2 PerDlpduPhlOverhead 3 MaxResponseDelay 4 FirstUnpolledNodeld 5 ThisLink 6 7 NumConseeUnpolledNodeld 8 PreambleExtension 9 PostTransGapExtension 10 MaxlnterChanSignalSkew 11 TimeSyncClass 369 CONFIGURED LINK 0 RW SETTING RECORD 1 SlotTime 4095 2 PerDlpduPhlOverhead 4 3 MaxResponseDelay 5 4 FirstUnpolledNodeld 37 5 ThisLink 0 6 MinlInterPduDelay 12 7 NumConseeUnpolledNodeld 186 8 PreambleExtension 2 9 PostTransGapExtension 1 10 MaxlnterChanSignalSkew 0 11 TimeSyncClass 4 0605 1 5 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 68 All Rights R
132. EV 43 SOFT_DESC 44 SIM ENABLE MSG 45 DEVICE STATUS 1 4 46 DEVICE STATUS 2 4 47 DEVICE_STATUS_3 4 48 DEVICE_STATUS_4 4 49 DEVICE_STATUS_5 4 50 DEVICE_STATUS_6 4 51 DEVICE_STATUS_7 4 52 DEVICE_STATUS_8 4 bytes 22 32 54 31 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa TOS11EPS 5 7 5 CONFIGURATION IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 CONFIGURATION Table 5 12 View Objects for Transducer Block AWILS ALISN3Q LL ALISN3G SNIVA ALISNAG LNOMOT SWNIOA AWILS SWNIOA MO SSVI 343 SSVI LL FONVY SSVI SSYN 3dAL OHM HOSN3S 31Vq WO HOSN3S 1vO HOSN3S GOHL3W 1 2 HOSN3S NS HOSN3S HOSN3S HOSN3S LINN WO NIN VO OT LNIOd IH LNIOd AHOLO3HIG NOILOATIOO o AHOLO3HIG wiv 39018 3lvqdan 0018 IAOW A3M LYA1V A931Vul1S o 6v 8v Lv 9v MAIA Sv MAIA
133. F4 Flame proof with intrinsic safe connection to detector ib Additional intrinsic safe FF output ia Ex d ib ia Ga IIC T6 T3 Gb or Ex de ib ia Ga IIC T6 T3 Gb Ex d ib ia IICGa IIB T6 T3 Gb or Ex de ib ia IIC IIB T6 T3 Gb with option HP Ex ib tb ia Da IIIC T150 C Db Max surface temperature 150 C Degree of protection 66 67 Power supply 90 to 250 V AC 50 60 Hz 20 5 to 28 8 V DC Power consumption max 25 10 W Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 40 C to 55 C Process temperature limits 50 C to 150 C The electronics of RCCT3 and RCCF31 are placed in a pressure tight section of the converter housing Ex d The kind of protection of the terminal enclosure is e but can become d by using Ex d certified cable glands Electrical data remote detector RCCS30LR 33 Driving circuit terminals D D Ex ib IIC Ui 16 V li 53 mA Pi 0 212 W Li 4 2 mH Ci negl small Ex ib IIB Ui 16 V li 153 mA Pi 0 612 W Li 4 2 mH Ci negl small Sensor circuits terminals S1 S1 or 52 S2 Ex ib IIC Ui 16 V li 80 mA Pi 2 0 32 W Li 4 2 mH Ci negl small Temp sensor circuit terminals TP1 TP2 TP3 Ex ib IIC Ui 2 16 V li 50 mA Pi 0 2 W Li negligible small Ci negligible small Electrical data remote detector RCCS34 39 XR Driving circuit terminals D D Ex ib IIC Uiz 16 V li 5
134. Flow Value TEO1 VOLUME 0 000000 m3 h Bad Sensor Fa Density Value TBO1 DENSITY 0 000000 Bad Sensor Fa Temperature Value TEO1 TEMPERA 21 652929 degC Good NC Non Concentration 01 0 000000 wT Bad Sensor Net Flow value TBO1 NET 0 000000 tih Bad Sensor Fa Ready Table A8 2 Transducer Status Frequency Failure E 01 Error Driving frequency out of range E 01 f lt Frequency low limit or f gt Frequency high limit Remedy Check cable remote and detector Signal Failure E 02 Phase difference out of range E 02 deltaPHI lt Phase Difference low limit or deltaPHI gt Phase Difference high limit Remedy Check cable remote and detector Sensor 1 Signal Failure E 06 Error Sensor 1 signal too small E 06 81 796 of Drive Amplitude for 3 min Remedy Check cable remote and detector Sensor 2 Signal Failure E 07 Error Sensor 2 signal too small E 07 82 796 of Drive Amplitude for 3 min Remedy Check cable remote and detector Remedy Check cable remote and detector Check temperature SoftDL Incomplete E 09 Error Software download is incomplete E 09 Remedy Check the cables power and RB Softdown Error RB SOFTDWN ERROR SoftDL Failure E 10 Error Software download failed E 10 Remedy Check the download file and RB Softdown Error RB SOFTDWN ERROR Abnormal Boot Process Error Abnormal boot processing
135. H Co 0 65 Ex ib IIB Uo 11 7 V lo 124 mA 0 363 W Lo 8 mH 10 3 pF Sensor circuits terminals 51 S1 or S24 S2 Ex ib IIC Uo 14 5 V lo 47 mA Po 2 0 171 W Lo 15 mH 0 65 Temperature sensor circuit terminals TP1 TP2 TP3 Ex ib IIC Uo 13 3 V lo 40 mA Po 0 133 W Lo 20 mH Co 20 91 UF Fieldbus puput only option KF4 FISCO model Ex ia IIC li 380 mA Pi 5 32 W zh 5 H Ci 2 7 nF Ex ia IIB 0 V li 460 mA Pi 5 32 W Li i 16 uH Ci 2 7 n Entity model Ex ia IIC Ui 24 V li 250 mA Pi 1 2 W Li 1 6 uH Ci 2 7 nF Coherence between temperature class ambient and medium temperature temperature of heat carrier RCCS30LR to RCCS33 RCCS30LR to RCCS33 without insulation with factory insulation Temp Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process class temperature temperature temperature temperature T6 50 C 122 F 60 C 140 F 60 C 140 F 60 C 140 F T5 50 C 122 F 80 C 176 F 80 C 176 F 90 C 194 F T4 5 2 c 525 80 176 130 C 266 F T3 80 C 176 F 180 C 356 F 80 C 176 F 180 C 356 F T2 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F T1 80 C 176 F 260 C 608 F 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F RCCS34 to RCCS39 XR RCCS34 to RCCS39 XR RCCT34 to RCCT39 XR without insulati
136. IEEE 754 1985 defines the floating point representation of plus and minus infinity IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 48 0502 1 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK Parameter Default Index Name factory setting Write Valid Range Description 34 SHED OPT 0 Action to be performed in the event of mode shedding SHED OPT defines the changes to be made to MODE BLK target and MODE BLK actual when the value of RCAS_IN status or ROUT IN status becomes Bad if MODE BLK actual RCas or ROut See Section A5 17 1 for details 35 RCAS OUT 0 Remote setpoint sent to a computer etc 36 ROUT OUT 0 Remote control output value 37 TRK_SCALE 100 MAN Upper and lower scale limits used to convert the output 0 tracking value TRK_VAL to non dimensional 1342 1 38 TRK_IN_D 0 Switch for output tracking See Section A5 12 for details 39 TRK_VAL 0 Output tracking value TRK_VAL When MODE_ BLK actual LO the value scaled from the TRK_VAL value is set in OUT 40 FF VAL 0 Feedforward input value The FF_VAL value is scaled to a value with the same scale as for OUT multiplied by the FF_GAIN value and then added to the output of the PID computation 41 FF SCALE 100 MAN Scale limits used for converting the VAL value a 0
137. LS smes qvg einire4 Mdul aney j0sues qva snivrS 1n0 aney 105495 qyg S 1V1S snes qvg eiie Ndu uud 30018 snes qvg enie Indu snes avg einje oo1g 5 uud snes Ndu uud 39018 einjre4 CVE SNLWLS 9 9 501 15 anea QVE SNLWLS AO anpe GVE SNLWLS GVE SNLVLS anled ava snivls aned WOtid33 uud aney 10sueg qvg sn vLS 9 josues 1 6 811 18 105 95 qva snivls 5 5 1118 AS 105095 2 6 81 1 18 enje4 eubis lt 20078 105495 9 501 15 9 aney 10sueg qvg sn vLs 105 95 GVE SNLWLS AN 1501 20 oneis 15077 uu3 wood 60 3 uwi q lt 10 d gt einireJ reufrg basy lt 10 gt 4 einjre4 AouenbeiJ 9 Iv X90019 S IV AQ 2 AS AO Ayouag AL AS 4 Ad py 2019 IV 01g IV IV A 34
138. L_OUT 30 IO LIM 4 32 RCAS IN 31 IO IO PRI 1 33 ROUTIN 32 IO IO LIM 4 34 SHED_OPT 1 33 HI ALM 33 ROAS OUI Hn 36 ROUT OUT 37 SCALE 11 35 10 38 TRK IN D 36 1010 39 TRK VAL 5 Totalbytes 31 26 31 46 40 FF VAL All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa TO513 EPS 5 15 0515 1 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 CONFIGURATION Relative VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Indos Parameter Mnemonic 1 2 4 41 FF_SCALE 11 42 FF_GAIN 4 43 UPDATE EVT 44 BLOCK_ALM 45 ALARM SUM 8 46 OPTION 2 47 ALARM 4 48 HI HI PRI 1 49 HI HI LIM 4 50 HI PRI 1 51 HI LIM 4 52 LO PRI 1 53 LO LIM 4 54 LO LO PRI 1 55 LO LO LIM 4 56 DV HI PRI 1 57 DV_HI LIM 4 58 DV LO PRI 1 59 DV_LO_LIM 4 60 HI HI ALM 61 HI ALM 62 LO_ALM 63 LO LO ALM 64 DV HI ALM 65 DV LO ALM Total bytes 43 43 83 104 10515 2 Table 5 15 Indexes to View Objects for Each Block Block VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW 1 2 3 4 Resouc block 40100 420101 40102 40103 Transdwer block 40200 40201 40202 40203 block 40400 40401 40402 40403 AI2 block 40410 40411 40412 40413 AI3 block 40420 40421 40422 40423 block 40430 40431 40432 40433 AI5 block 40440 40441
139. PS 3 In the LAS settings of the ROTAMASS set Figure Az 3 Node Address Ranges the values of V FUN and V NUN so that they 2 In the LAS settings of the ROTAMASS set include the node addresses of all nodes within the values of V ST V MRD and V MID to the same segment See also Figure A7 3 the same as the respective lowest capability values in all the devices within the segment An example is shown below 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 66 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa Configur edLink Settings Record Rotamass Index xxx SM Subinde x Element Default Value Description FirstUnpolledNodeld 0x25 V FUN NumConsecUnpolledNodeld V NUN 0603 5 74 Functions 1 Function LM initialization Description When a fieldbus segment starts the LM with the smallest V ST x V TN value within the segment becomes the LAS At all times each LM is checking whether or not a carrier is on the segment 2 Startup of other Transmits a PN Probe Node nodes PN and message and Node Activation Node Activation SPDU message to devices which SPDU return a new PR Probe Response transmissions message 3 PT transmission Passes a PT Pass Token including final bit message to devices included in the monitoring live list sequentially and monitors the RT Return Token and final bit returned in re
140. PTS Bypass Enable This parameter allows BYPASS to be set Description SP PV Track Equalizes SP to PV when in Man MODE BLK target is set to Man SP PV Track Equalizes SP to PV when in ROut MODE BLK target is set to ROut SP PV Track Equalizes SP to PV when in LO or IMan actual is set to LO or IMAN SP PV Track Equalizes SP to RCAS IN when MODE retained BLK target is set to RCas and to CAS IN Target when MODE BLK target is set to Cas when the actual mode of the block is IMan LO Man or ROut Set the PID block to a direct acting controller Direct Acting Track Enable This enables the external tracking function The value in TRK VAL will replace the value of OUT if TRK IN D becomes true and the target mode is not Man Track in Manual This enables VAL to replace the value of OUT when the target mode is Man and TRK IN D is true The actual mode will then be LO Sets the value of PV in BKCAL OUT and RCAS OUT instead of the value of SP Use PV for BKCAL OUT Obey SP limits Puts the setpoint high low limits in force in if Cas or RCas Cas or RCas mode No OUT limits Disables the high low limits for OUT in the in Manual Man mode 0508 5 A5 14 Initialization Manual Fallback IMAN Initialization and manual fallback denotes a set of actions in which a PID block changes mode to IMAN initialization and manual and suspends the control ac
141. RE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCT3 option KF4 KEMA 02 ATEX 2183X II 2 1 G Ex d ib ia IIC T6 T3 Gb or 2 1 G Ex de ib ia Ga IIC T6 T3 Gb II 2 1 D Ex ib tb ia Da T150 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc TEMP CLASS T6 T5 4 PROCESS TEMP 65 80 115 150 C ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 7 option KF3 HP KEMA 02 ATEX 2183X Il 2 G Ex d ib IIB T6 T3 Gb 12 G Ex de ib IIB T6 T3 Gb II 2 D Ex ib tb T150 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc TEMP CLASS T6 T5 T4 T3 PROCESS TEMP 65 80 115 150 C ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA AN WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE option KF4 HP KEMA 02 ATEX 2183X 2 1 G Ex d ib IIC Ga IIB T6 T3 Gb 12 1 G Ex de ib ia IIC Ga IIB T6 T3 Gb 2 1 D Ex ib tb ia Da T150 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac dc TEMP CLASS T6 T5 4 PROCESS TEMP 65 80 115 150 C ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA A WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS RCCF31 option KF3 KEMA 02 ATEX 2183X II2 G Ex d ib IIC T6 Gb or I 2 G Ex de ib IIC
142. RRIER Um 250Vac dc ENCLOSURE IP67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA AN WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE RCCS30LR to 33 option ES1 IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex ib IIC IIB T6 T1 Gb Ex ib T150 C Db IP66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA RCCS30LR to 33 option ES1 MT IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex ib IIC IIB T6 T1 Gb Ex ib T260 C Db 66 67 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 3 6 1 6 fieldbus system complying with FISCO only EF4 The criterion for such interconnection is that the voltage Ui the current li and the power Pi which in trinsically safe apparatus can receive must be equal or greater than the voltage Uo the current lo and the power Po which can be provided by the associated apparatus supply unit Po lt Pi Uo lt Ui los li In addition the maximum unprotected residual capacitance Ci and inductance Li of each apparatus other than the terminators connected to the fieldbus line must be equal or less than 5 nF and 10 pH respectively Ci lt 5 nF Li lt 10 Supply unit The supply unit must be certified by a notify body as FISCO model and following trapezoidal or rectangular output characteristic is used Uo 14 17 5 V 1 5 maximum value lo based on spark test result or other assessment ex 133 mA for Uo 15 V Group rectangular characteri
143. Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa Connected shields of cable pairs to COM terminal Outer shield Power supply ACor DC F09106 EPS 9 21 IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 3 3 Operation If the cover of the converter case has to be opened following instructions must be followed Confirm that the power cables to the instrument are disconnected Wait 15 minutes after power is turned off before opening the covers The covers of display side and terminal box are fixed with special screws please use Hexagonal Wrench to open the covers Be sure to lock the cover with special screw using the Hexagonal Wrench after tightening the cover Before starting the operation again be sure to lock the cover with the locking screws Prohibition of specification changes and modifications Users are prohibited from making any modifications of specifications or physical configuration such as adding or changing the configuration of external wiring ports 9 3 4 Maintenance and repair N WARNING The instrument modification of parts replacement by other than authorized representatives of YOKOGAWA is prohibited and will void the certification 9 3 5 Ex relevant marking on name plate option EF3 IECEx KEM 06 0031X Ex d ib IIC T6 T3 Gb or Ex de ib IIC T6 T3 Gb Ex ib tb T150 C Db DIODE SAFETY BARRIER Um 250Vac
144. S Relative Index 79 Index 2079 Parameter Name REFERENCE_DENSITY Factory Default 1 0 Write Mode O S Explanation This parameter indicates a reference density value When the value of DENSITY FIX VAL is Inhibit users can not change this value and this function does not perform When the value is Enabled users can change this value and this parameter is used as reference density for calculation of volume flow 80 2080 DENSITY OFFSET 0 O S This parameter indicates a density offset value 81 2081 TEMP FIX VAL SELECT Inhibit O S This parameter enables the function of TEMP FIXED VALUE When the value is Inhibit the function of TEMP FIXED VALUE does not perform When the value is Enable the function of TEMP FIXED VALUE performs 82 2082 TEMP FIXED VALUE 30 C O S This parameter indicates a fix temperature value When the value of TEMP FIX VAL is Inhibit users can not change this value and this function does not perform When the value of TEMP FIX VAL is Enable users can change this value and this parameter is set to the temperature value 83 2083 TEMP GAIN 1 00 O S This parameter defines the value of tem perature gain The function allows correction of the temperature measurement for better accuracy in mass flow and density for very high and low temperatures 84 2084 SENSOR MODEL This paramet
145. S39 XR HT 0 C to 350 C only with S2 and customer insulation Integral type RCCT34 to 39 XR 50 C to 150 C For use in hazardous area see Hazardous Area Specifications Heat Carrier Fluid Temperature Limits Option T2 or T3 only for remote type RCCS30LR to 39 IR Standard 0 to 150 C With option MT RCCS30LR to 33 0 C to 200 C With option RCCS34 to 39 IR 0 C to 230 C With option HT 0 C to 350 C Process Pressure Limits In dependance of the process connections s table 9 On request following maximum pressure up to 27 C RT Room Temp 40 j Recesso 40 j 3 8832 25 4 4 20 385 RCCSSe RCCT36 20 315 RCCS38 RCCT38 145 20 RCCS39 RCCT39 45 20 10 9 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa For higher medium temperatures maximum tube pressure needs to be derated as follows up to 50 C 4 derating 51 to 100 C 11 derating 101 to 150 C 20 derating 151 to 230 30 derating 231 to 350 C 38 derating Higher pressure on request The maximum process pressure of a single instrument is giv en by the lower value either of the process connections table 9 or tubes The maximum
146. SS Relative Index Parameter Name Factory Default Write Explanation Index Mode 113 2113 CORROSION_DAMP 10h O S Indicates the corrosion damping time When the value of CORROSION_ALM_SEL is Not Apply users cannot change this value Range to 0 to 10 hours 114 2114 FLUID_MAX_TEMP 0 0 This parameter indicates the maximum reached fluid temperature since the last reset User cannot reset this value only in service 115 2115 SELF_TEST Not Execute O S A user can execute the SELF TEST function by this parameter After executing the ERR STATUS ALM STATUS and WARNG_ STATUS parameter will be updated 116 2116 INITIALIZE EEPROM Not Execute O S A user can execute the initialization of EEP ROM by this parameter After a user enters a password parameters return to default values 117 2117 ERR STATUS This parameter indicates the actual error situation in RCCT3 FB 118 2118 STATUS This parameter indicates the actual alarm situation in RCCT3 FB 119 2119 WARNG STATUS This parameter indicates the actual warning situation in RCCT3 FB 120 2120 HIST This parameter indicates the last 10 errors alarms warning events status in their order of occurrences The oldest will be removed after an 11th occur first in first out function This parameter can be cleared by CLEAR _ HIST Parameter 121 2121 HIST ABS ERR This parameter indicates all error events status absolute aft
147. SS is detected check the available address range If the node address and PD Tag are not specified when ordering default value is factory set If two or more ROTAMASS are connected at a time with default value only one ROTAMASS will be detected from host as ROTAMASS have the same initial address Connect the ROTAMASS one by one and set a unique address for each 4 4 Integration od DD If the host supports DD Device Description the DD of the ROTA MASS needs to be installed Check if host has the following directory under its default DD directory 594543000D 594543 is the manufacturer number of Yokogawa Electric Corporation and 000D is the ROTAMASS device number respectively If this directory is not found the DD for the ROTAMASS has not yet been installed Create this directory and copy the DD files OmOn ffo and OmOn sym to be supplied separately where m and n are numerals to it If you do not have the DD files for the ROTA MASS you can download them via Internet from http www yokogawa com fld FIELDBUS fla field bus 01en htm Once the DD is installed in the directory the name and attribute of all parameters of the ROTA MASS are displayed Off line configuration is possible using the capabili ties file IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 4 GETTING STARTED When using a capabilities file make sure you use the right file for the intended device The ROTA MASS is offered in two type
148. TIONS Remote field mount Converter RCCF31 Model Suffix and Option Code Suffix Code Option Description Restrictions Code RCCF31 Remote field mount converter to be connected to RCCS3 when ordered without detector combination option NC must be selected Power supply A 90 264 V D 24V DC Indicator direction H2 With indicator NO Without indicator Cable conduit connection M M20 x 1 female thread with cable glands not with FF3 A ANSI 1 2 NPT female thread only cable gland for detector connection Fieldbus Communication Digital communication Foundation Fieldbus protocol Provides a PID control function block Provides software download capability With customer specified tag number of FF communication node address in max 32 digits software tag node address converter not with PS Hazardous Area Approvals ATEX Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector output with HP for gas group IIB ATEX Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector Intrinsic safe fieldbus with HP for gas group IIB FM approval for USA Canada Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector only with cable conduit with HP not for groups and B IECEx Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector with HP for gas group IIB IECEx Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector Intrinsic safe fieldbus with HP for gas group IIB INMETRO Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector with HP for gas group IIB INMETRO Flame proof conv
149. TO 4 0 DEMO 5 PERIODIC 6 DEMAND 7 PER amp DEM X x XIX x x O O X O O O O TA0205 EPS When OP CMD INT has become H and a reset was made CMD INT automatically returns to L Even if RESET IN becomes H activating a reset RESET does not automatically return to L The RESET setting will not be retained if the power is turned to OFF All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 23 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 4 6 3 Reset Process ii Carry bit 6 of INTEG_OPTS The basic reset process sequence is as follows If this option is enabled while INTEG TYPE is AUTO or DN AUTO the value exceeding the 1 Snapshot threshold at a reset will bw carried into the next 2 Clearing the integrated values integration 3 Reset count increment If INTEG_TYPE is any setting other than UP AUTO 4 Judging OUT TRIP and OUT PTRIP see A2 5 ONAUTO Gu option 1 Snapshot iii Generate reset event bit 9 of INTEG_OPTS If this option is enabled an alert event is generated Saves the following values in the specified param if a reset occurs eters before clearing the integrated values These values will be retained until the next reset is made STOTAL Total SRTOTAL RTotal SSP TOTAL SP 2 Clearing the integrated values The reset process clears the
150. Temperature Classification RCCS3O0LR to RCCS33 RCCS30LR RCCS33 without insulation with factory insulation Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process temperature temperature temperature temperature 50 C 122 F 60 C 140 F 60 C 140 F 60 C 140 F 50 C 122 F 80 C 176 F 80 C 176 F 90 C 194 F 80 C 176 F 100 C 212 F 50 C 122 F 120 C 248 F 50707 176 130 C 266 F 80 C 176 F 180 C 356 F 80 C 176 F 180 C 356 F 176 F 260 C 500 F 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F T1 176 F 320 C 608 F 80 C 176 F 260 C 500 F RCCS34 to RCCS39 XR without RCCS34 to RCCS39 XR with factory insulation insulation Temp class Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process temperature temperature temperature temperature 40 C 104 40 C 104 65 C 149 C 65 C 149 F 55 C 131 F 55 C 131 75 C 167 F 75 C 167 F 80 C 176 F 100 C 212 F gt 70 158 115 C 239 80 C 176 F 160 C 320 F P 40 C 104 18090 356 F 700 156 80 176 F 220 C 428 F 65 C 149 F 275 C 527 F 350 C 662 F The maximum ambient temperature for remote converter RCCF31 is 50 C 122 F The minimum ambient temperature for remote converter RCCF31 is 40 C 40 F The minimum ambient temperature for remote detector RCCS3 is 50 C 58 F Hazardous area S
151. UCT 0 0 O S Indicates the density of the product determined at the reference temperature 132 2132 TEMP COEFF A PRODUCT 0 0 E 3 K O S Indicates the linear temperature coefficient of the density of the product 133 2133 TEMP COEFF B PRODUCT 0 0 E 5 K O S Indicates the quadratic temperature coefficient of the density of the product IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 14 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS Relative Index Parameter Name Factory Default Write Explanation Index Mode 134 2134 RCCT SERIAL NO DETECTOR O S This parameter indicates the serial number of the detector 135 2135 RCCT SERIAL NO CONVERTER O S This parameter indicates the serial number of the converter 136 2136 RELEASE DATE This parameter indicates the release date of the converter 137 2137 RELEASE_REVISION This parameter indicates the release revision of the converter 138 TEST_1 Service parameters not open to customer to to 219 TEST 2 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 15 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 4 Integrator IT Block The Integrator IT block adds two main inputs and integrates them for output The block compares the integrated and accumulated
152. User s ROTAMASS 3 Series Manual FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication Type Coriolis Mass Flow and Density Meter Integral Type RCCT3 Remote Type RCCF31 RCCS3 IM 01R04B05 00E E additional manual to IM 01R04B04 00x E vigilantplant YOKOGAWA E 5 4th edition January 2014 R Germany CONTENTS Contents T INTRODUCTION u 1 1 11 Using the Coriolis Flowmeter Safely 1 2 12 Waranty ETT IT LLL TII TI TLT 1 3 13 Instruction according dan andranno bil ua 1 3 ATEX Docume ntation n ert da 1 4 15 Disposal Cleaning and Return 1 5 2 AMPLIFIER FOR FOUNDATION FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION 2 1 3 ABOUT FOUNDATION FIELDBUS 3 1 3 1 YXX 0 O r 3 1 3 2 Internal Structure of ROTAMASS 3 1 3 2 1 System Network Management VPD 3 1 22 2 Function Block VED y U I u vi c ls II KU 3 1 3 3 Logical Structure of Each Block 3 2 3 4 Wiring System Configuration
153. Value TBO1 TEMPERA Concentration TED1 CONCENT Net Flow Value TBO1 NET FLO 0 076696 _ t h 0 000000 0 000000 21 900635 degC 0 000000 WT 0 000000 t h Good NC Good NC Good NC Good NC Good NC Good NC Table A8 4 Configuration Optional in O S Mode A 27 Alarm 15 Simulation Active W 45 AI5 Not Scheduled W 55 15 in Man Mode W 25 AI6 in O S Mode A 28 Alarm AI6 Simulation Active W 46 Al6 in Man Mode W 26 16 Not Scheduled W 56 Simulation Switch ON IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 Al5 Block is in O S mode A 27 Remedy Change the 15 Block Mode Target AI5 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode If it is an unused function set ALARM PERFORM bit4 to 0 Al5 Block is in Man mode W 25 Remedy Change the 15 Block Mode Target AI5 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode AI5 Block is simulation mode W 45 Remedy Change the AI5 Simulation En Disable AI5 SIMULATE SIMULATE ENABLE to Disabled AI5 Block is not scheduled W 55 Remedy Make a schedule of AI5 Block 6 Block is in O S mode A 28 Remedy Change the Al6 Block Mode Target Ale MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode If it is an unused function
154. WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE option FF3 HP DS Control Drawing No 8300026 Class I Division 1 Group C D Class 1 Division 1 Group F G AEx d ia IIB Class Zone 1 T6 Conduit Seals required within 18 inches Use Conductors rated 70 C TYPE NEMA 4X IP67 AN WARNING WAIT 15 MIN AFTER POWER DISCONNECTION BEFORE OPENING THE ENCLOSURE Dual Seal RCCSS option FS1 DS Control Drawing No 8300027 IS Class I Division 1 Group A B C D T6 Class II Division 1 Group F G AEx ia IIC Class I Zone 0 Use Conductors rated 20 C above max ambient temperature TYPE NEMA 4X IP67 Temperature Class see Control Drawing Dual Seal All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 2 5 Control drawings Hazardous Locations Class Division 1 Groups A B C D or Class Zone 1 Group IIC Class Division 1 Groups C D or Class Zone 1 Group IIB option HP and Class and Division 1 Groups E F G Temperature classification Temp RCCT34 to RCCT39 XR Max Medium temperature or temperature of heat carrier lt 65 C 149 F SEE lt 115 a T3 lt 50 C 7 122 F lt 150 C 7 302 F NPT 1 2 The minimum ambient temperature is 40 C 40 F Installation HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION Power supply Rotamass RCCT3 cont
155. X 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION BLOCKS es DANK s a 6 m 1 a IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 46 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK A PID block performs the PID control computation based on the deviation of the measured value PV from the setpoint SV and is generally used for constant setpoint and cascaded setpoint control A5 1 Function Diagram The figure below depicts the function diagram of a PID block BKCAL_OUT BKCAL_IN RCAS_OUT ROUT_IN 4 ROUT_OUT CAS IN RCAS IN Feed forward OUT PID Control PV Computation IN Input Filter Data Status Management Mode Control Alarmi Processing Output Tracking FA0501 EPS A5 2 Functions of PID Block The table below shows the functions provided in a PID block Function Description PID control computation Computes the control output in accordance with the PID control algorithm Control output Converts the change in control output DMV to the manipulated value MV that is to be actually output Switching of direction of Switches over the direction of control action between direct and reverse i e the direction of changes in control action the control output depending on the changes in the deviation Control action bypass When the bypass is on the value of the SP is scaled to the range of the OUT and output as
156. Yokogawa sizing program The pressure losses are valid for constant flows Pulsating flow causes a considerably higher pressure loss on average PLANNING AND INSTALLATION HINTS Design Limits It is the responsibility of the user to use the instrument with in the given design limits Erosion and corrosion influence the accuracy and may restrict the temperature pressure limits Therefore corrosion and erosion should be avoided Installation The flowmeter can be installed vertically horizontally or in any other position as long as the measuring tubes are completely filled with the measured liquid during measure ment Redundant Installation If two flowmeters of the same size are installed in series mutual interference called cross talk may take place Cross talk occurs due to the fact that both meters have the same resonance frequency If serial installation is planned please contact your Yokogawa representative who can ensure that a frequency adjustment is made to one of the meters at the factory Sizing The measuring range and accuracy are virtually indepen dent of fluid conditions and size of the connecting pipe Se lect a suitable nominal size from pressure loss calculation Check whether the measuring range and accuracy at mini mal flow fit the application The calculations of the pressure loss are based on Newtonian fluids For correct calculation of the pressure drop use the ROTAMASS Sizing software DU REP V which is
157. _ br 39 XR onreqes RCC 39 XR MT Pressure test with safety factor 5 1 1 If the detector housing is exposed to a pressure close to the rupture pressure it will deform and measurement will be strongly influenced Therefore the pressure test of the hous ing option J1 can only be done at the pressure where de formation does not happen All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS Protection Class 66 67 RCCF31 66 67 RCCS3 66 67 Materials Detector housing Stainless steel 304 1 4301 Detector terminal box 316L 1 4404 Detector gas filling plug 1 4305 Detector insulation housing Stainless steel 304 1 4301 Detector rupture disk RD 3161 Field mount converter housing Aluminium alloy with Polyurethane corrosion resistant coating or epoxy coating option X1 Field mount converter mounting bracket Stainless steel 304 1 4301 Coating Color Converter case Mint green Wetted Parts RCCS30 to 33 Measuring tubes Ni Alloy C 22 2 4602 Process connections 316L 1 4404 RCC 34 to 39 IR Measuring tubes and process connection 3161 1 4404 1 4435 or Measuring tubes and flange face Ni Alloy C 22 2 4602 Measuring tubes process connection 316L 1 4404 1 4435 Table 5 Diameter of measuring tubes
158. afe area RCCF31 Power supply Terminal Box control Exclusive remote cable RCCYO3x F92 EPS WARNING Substitution of components may For installation of separate intrinsic safe ground see page 2 TENE impair intrinsic safety FM US C CONTROL DRAWING ROTAMASS REMOTE TYPE 254m RCCF31 RCCS3 23606 YOKOGAWA 79664 Wehr 8300027 23 6 08 9 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 16 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Installation of intrinsic safe ground Remove the stopping plug on detector connecting side of RCCF31 and replace it by a dust proofed cable gland Open the cover on detector connecting side of RCCF31 Remove the cable between COM terminal and the ground screw see below picture Put the intrinsic safe ground cable through the new installed cable gland Connect the IS ground cable to the COM terminal Install the remote cable between Detector RCCS3 and Converter RCCF31 as shown below COM terminal Remove cable HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION Exclusive remote cable RCCF31 Power supply control Shield Case earth clamp IS earth For version of RCCF31 maximum p
159. alue has decreased below HI LIM ALM HYS HI HI ALM is reset 61 ALM above 62 10 As above Reset when the PV value has increased above LO LIM ALM HYS 63 LO LO ALM above 64 DV HI ALM Alarm that is generated when the value of PV SP has exceeded the DV HI value Other features are the same as HI HI ALM 65 DV LO ALM Alarm that is generated when the value of PV SP has decreased below the DV LO LIM value Other features are the same as LO LO ALM Initial value All limits are set to plus or minus infinity INF or INF which is the same as no limit IEEE 754 1985 defines the floating point representation of plus and minus infinity All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 49 0502 2 5 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK A5 4 PID Computation Details For PID control the PID block in a ROTAMASS employs the PV proportional and derivative type PID control algorithm referred to as the I PD control algorithm or the PV derivative type PID control algorithm referred to as the PI D control algorithm depending on the mode as described below A5 4 1 PV proportional and derivative Type PID I PD Control Algo rithm versus PV derivative Type PID PI D Control Algorithm The I PD control algorithm which is expressed by the equation below ensures control stabil
160. ameter Name Factory Default Write Mode Explanation 0 1000 Block Header Tag RS Block 5 Information this block such as Block Tag DD Revision Execution Time etc 1001 1002 ST_REV TAG_DESC Spaces AUTO The revision level of the static data associated with the resource block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in this block is changed The user description of the intended application of the block 1003 STRATEGY 1 The strategy field can used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 1004 ALERT_KEY AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 1005 MODE_BLK AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 1006 BLOCK_ERR This parameter reflects the error status associated with hardware or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown 1007 RS_STATE State of the resource block state machine 1008 TEST_RW AUTO Read write test parameter used only for conformance testing and simulation 1009 DD_RESOURCE SPACES String identifying the tag of the resource which contains the Device Description for this resource 10 1 1010 1011 MANUFAC 0
161. ameters and specifications as IECEx approval See chapter 9 3 9 5 NEPSI China Certificate GYJ12 1381X with option NS1 with options NF1 NF5 1 with options NF1 NF5 RCCR31 with option NS1 Same parameters and specifications as IECEx approval except NEPSI has no dust proof certification 9 6 Gost approval Rota Yokogawa has the Pattern Approval Certificate of Measuring Instruments which allows to export the instrument to Russia Kazakhstan Uzbekistan and other CIS countries Furthermore ROTAMASS is RTN GGTN approved for installation in hazardous areas For the export of ROTAMASS to CIS countries please contact your Yokogawa representative All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 25 01 04 05 00 th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS sc nv ar DANK Page FERE l 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 26 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa Note O S Write enabled in O S mode APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS The Write Mode column contains the modes in which each parameter is write enabled MAN Write enabled in Man mode and O S mode AUTO Write enabled in Auto mode Man mode and O S mode A1 1 Resource Block Relative Index Index Par
162. and each describes the LAS schedule downloaded to the correspond ing domain For the domain to which a schedule has not yet been downloaded the values in this parameter are all zeros Sub Size t index Element bytes Description 1 Version 2 Indicates the version number of the LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain 2 Macrocycle 4 Indicates the macro cycle of the Duration LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain Indicates the time resolution that is required to execute the LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain 0614 5 3 TimeResolution 2 15 Domain Read write impossible get OD possible Carrying out the GenericDomainDownload com mand from a host writes an LAS schedule to the domain A76 FAQs Q1 When the LAS stops a ROTAMASS does not back it up by becoming the LAS Why Is that ROTAMASS running as an LM Check that the value of BootOperatFunc tionalClass index 367 is 2 indicating that it is an LM Check the values of V ST and V TN in all LMs on the segment and confirm that the following condition is met A1 2 ROTAMASS V ST 3 V TN Other LMs V ST 3 V TN Q2 How can make a ROTAMASS become the LAS A2 1 Check that the version numbers of the ac tive schedules in the current LAS and the ROTAMASS are the same by reading LinkScheduleListChar acteristicsRecord index 374 for a ROTAMASS
163. ands with minimum IP67 protection Installation diagram KF4 s 5 SES Safe Area Rotamass P Flowmeter i ower supply AC or DC 4 c 4o FFout4 L 4 92 FFout LL Terminator Safe Area Safety barrier o O O F09105 EPS All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 5 IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Remote type RCCF31 with RCCS3 N WARNING Ex type RCCF31 and RCCS3 must be connected to the suitable IS earthing system see installation diagram Converter and detector case must have connection to the potential equalisation facility Use the certified cable glands suitable for the conditions of use Please confirm that the ground terminal inside the terminal enclosure is firmly connected by means of a clip on eye let Exe terminals for power supply and l O lines are designed for cables with cross section of 0 08 mm AWG 28 to 2 5 mm AWG22 The strip length must be 5 to 6 mm 0 2 to 0 24 in For EMC technical reasons the case of the detector is connected to the case of the converter via the shielding cable Cable glands for power and l O cables of the interconnecting RCCF31 M Ex e types are enclosed These cable glands can also be used for dust application D Use ATEX certified Ex d cable glands for Ex d condition RCCF31 A No cable glands ar
164. ange with a status reflecting the Transducer condition before signal characterization TYPE filtering PV FTIME or low cut LOW CUT 20 144204520 UPDATE EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data 21 4421 4521 BLOCK_ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed 22 344224522 ALARM SUM The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 23 4423 4523 ACK OPTION Oxffff AUTO Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged 24 14424 4524 ALARM HYS 0 596 AUTO Amount the PV must return within the alarm limits before the alarm condition clears Alarm Hysteresis is expressed as a percent of the PV span 0 to 50 25 4425 4525 PRI 0 Priority of the high high alarm 0 1 310 15 26 44264526 HI HI 1 8INF AUTO The setting for high high alarm in engineering units 27 144274527 PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the high alarm 0 1 to 15 28 44284528 HI_LIM 1 AUTO The setting
165. arameter index 4029 of the Al block is set to 0 try setting this value to 3 Select the Write function from the host in operation specify an index or variable name and write 9 to it IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 The LO LIM parameter index 4030 of the AI block determines the limit at which the lower bound alarm for the process value is given In usual cases a very small value is set to this limit Set smaller value than 100 value of XD SCALE same unit Since the flow rate is almost 0 a lower bound alarm is raised Check that the alarm can be received at the host When the alarm is confirmed transmission of the alarm is suspended This chapter briefly explained how to connect the ROTAMASS to a fieldbus and start using it In order to take full advantage of the performance and functionality of the device it is recommended that it be read together with Chapter 5 where describes how to use the ROTAMASS All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 CONFIGURATION This chapter contains information on how to adapt the function and performance of the ROTAMASS to suit specific applications Because two or more devices are connected to Fieldbus settings in cluding the requirements of all devices need to be determined Practically the following steps must be taken 1 Network design Determines the devices to be connected to Fieldbus and checks the capacity of the power supp
166. at RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode If it is an unused function set ALARM PERFORM bit7 to 0 IT2 in Man mode W 28 Warning IT2 Block is in Man mode W 28 Remedy Change the IT2 Block Mode Target IT2 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode IT2 Not Scheduled W 58 Warning IT2 Block is not scheduled W 58 Remedy Make a schedule of IT2 Block IT2 Conf Err W 72 IT2 Clock Period IT2 CLOCK PER is smaller than IT2 Period of Execution EXECUTION PERIOD W 72 Remedy Change the value as IT2 Clock Period IT2 CLOCK PER is larger than IT2 Period of Execution EXECUTION PERIOD IT2 Total Backup Err W 74 Warning IT2 Total Backup failed Last IT2 Output Value IT2 LAST VALUE could not save W 74 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center PID in O S mode A 31 PID Block is in O S mode A 31 Remedy Change the PID Block Mode Target PID MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode If itis an unused function set ALARM PERFORM bit8 to 0 PID in Bypass Mode W 61 Warning PID Block is in Bypass mode W 61 Remedy Change the value of Bypass PID BYPASS to OFF All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 79 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 8 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM FIELDMATE AND PRM Table A8 6 Additional Information Mass Flow Value
167. ation and density PD Freq Simulation Active W 08 Warning Fixed frequency or fixed phase difference is enabled W 08 Remedy Set TB Sensor Simulation TB SENSOR SIMULATION to inhibit 01804 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 76 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 8 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM FIELDMATE AND PRM Figure A8 3 Configuration Mandatory File Mode View Settings 359 Device Path Built in Connection Device Tag FT3004 Diagnostic Information Trend Information r Alarm Display Diagnostic Parameter List RE in 0 5 Mode a 21 5 Mode 4 22 in ofs Mode a 23 in Man Mode W 21 Simulation Active W 41 Not Scheduled w 51 in OJS Mode A 24 in Man Mode W 22 Simulation Active W 42 Scheduled w 52 A13 in OJS Mode a 25 A13 in Man Mode w 23 Simulation Active w 43 Parameter List Title Parameter Name Value Unit Quality Mass Flow Value TB01 MASS FL 0 078168 tjh Bad Out of Se Volume Flow Value TBO1 VOLUME 0 000000 m3 h Bad Out of Se Density value TEO1 DENSITY 0 000000 Bad Out of Se Temperature Value TBO1 TEMPERA 21 848595 degC Bad Out of Se Concentra
168. below In fact if Normal shed normal return is set for SHED detection of a computer failure causes MODE BLK actual to change to CAS AUTO or MAN whichever is set in MODE BLK permitted and has the low est priority Jovel Higher priority level AUTO CAS RCAS ROUT Lower priorty level Only if Auto is included in MODE BLK permit ted If the block upstream of the PID block in question is a control block mode transitions of the PID block to CAS occur in the following sequence due to initialization of the cascade connection RCAS or ROUT AUTO CAS 5 18 Alarms There are two kinds of alarms generated by a PID block block and process alarms A5 18 1 Block Alarm BLOCK ALM The block alarm BLOCK is generated upon occurrence of either of the following errors values set in BLOCK ERR and notifies the content of BLOCK ERR Value of BLOCK ERR Input Failure Condition IN status of the PID block is either of the following Bad Device Failure Bad Sensor Failure MODE BLK target of the PID block is O S 0511 5 Out of Service A5 18 2 Process Alarms There are six types of process alarms Only one process alarm can be generated at the same time and the process alarm having the highest priority level from among those occurring at the same time is generated The priority level is set for each process alarm type All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 5
169. bled 2 Active Access the SIMULATE Status element of SIMULATE and set the desired status code Access the SIMULATE Value element of SIMULATE and set the desired input value FA0207 EPS If simulation is enabled Al block uses SIMU LATE Status and SIMULATE Value as the input and if disabled the Al block uses Trans ducer Status and Transducer Value as input Refer to Section 6 3 Simulation Function A2 4 Setting the Trans ducer Block To access the ROTAMASS specific functions in the transducer block the Device Description DD for the ROTAMASS needs to have been installed in the configuration tool used For installation refer to Section 4 4 Integration of DD 1 Setting the damping time constant Access the MASS_FLOW_VALUE_FTIME parameter Set the damping time constant in units of seconds FA208 EPS 2 Setting the output low cutoff level Access the MASS_FLOW_LOWCUT parameter Set the cut off level of the mass flow rate output FA0209 EB IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 30 3 Continue with setting of VOL DENS TEMP according 1 and 2 4 Setting up the LCD display Select the data to be displayed on the LCD indi cator and the display refresh cycle First select the data to be displayed on the four lines of the LCD Use the DISP SELECT 1 2 3 4 parameter and select an item 1 Mass flow rate Actual mass flow rate in the specified unit Actual volume
170. block from the following Direct The output function of the transducer block is directly output only via filtering without scaling and square root extraction in the range set in XD SCALE Indirect Proportional scaling is applied to the the input of Al function bloc and the result is output in the range set in OUT SCALE IndirectSQRT Squre root extraction is applied to the the input of Al function bloc and the result is output in the range set in OUT SCALE This setting is not used for Rotamass This output mode setting also applies to the scale and unit of indications on the LCD indicator Damping time constant setup MASS FLOW VALUE FTIME of TB block Set the time constant of damping in seconds Thesetting of MASS FLOW VALUE FTIME affects not only the flow rate but also the totalization In comparison the setting of parameter PV TIME in an Al function block works as the damping time constant for the AI Blockrs OUT As the damping feature of the flowmeter itself it is advisable to use MASS FLOW VALUE FTIME Output signal low cut mode setup MASS FLOW LOW CUT of TB block This setup is used for zeroing flow rate readings in a low flow rate area The value of MASS FLOW LOW the cutoff level is set in the same unit as that for MASS FLOW VALUE RANGE In comparision the setting of parameter LOW CUT in in Al function block works as a low cutoff level setting the blockrs OUT As the low cutoff featur
171. block processing of status bit 3 Propagate Failure Forward bit 8 Uncertain if Man mode 15 4015 4215 4115 4315 CHANNEL 1 AH 2 12 3 AI3 4 Al4 O S The number of the logical hardware channel that is connected to this I O block This information defines the transducer to be used going to or from the physical world 16 4016 4116 4216 4316 1 Determines if the values passed by the transducer block to the Al block may be used directliy Direct 1 or if the value is in different units and must be converted lineary Indirect 2 or with square root Ind Sqr Root 3 using the input range defined by the transducer and the associated output range Indirect Square Root is not used for Rotamass IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 4 TA0102 1 EPS All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS Fel Index Factory Write Index AI Pa ameterName Defaut Mode iin 17 4017 4117 42174317 LOW CUT 0 0 A AUTO Sets low cut point of output This low cut value become 0 0 Al2 Su lk I 0 0 AI3 available by setting Low cutoff to IO OPTS 0 0 Al4 18 40184118 42184318 FTIME 0 Time constant of single exponential filter for the
172. c Parameters A 27 A2 2 Setting and Change of Basic Parameters A 28 A2 3 Setting the Function Blocks u J J A 28 A2 4 Setting the Transducer Block eere A 30 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE i APPENDIX 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION BLOCKS A 45 Al Function Block aaa sassa zu kr nba aliii ecd i ui Gain nnn A 45 APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK J J au Ea J Q A 47 A5 1 Function edax A 47 A5 2 Functions or PID BIOEK uiia iin orsi ruo cc trad Uus A 47 Ab 3 Parameters of PID BlocK twi rias dd Rank FRI FEN US assaasasassssss 48 A5 4 PID Computation Details U A 50 A5 4 1 PV proportional and derivative Type PID I PD Control Algorithm versus PV derivative Type PID PI D Control Algorithm A 50 A5 4 2 PID Control Parameters A 50 A5 5 UU T A 50 A5 5 1 Velocity Type Output Action J A 50 A5 6 Direction of Control Action
173. ce with the procedures described in this section The procedures assume that fieldbus devices will be set up on a bench of an instrument shop 4 1 Connection of De vices The following instruments are required for use with Fieldbus devices Fieldbus Communication Signal Fieldbus requires a dedicated power supply It is recommended that current capacity be well over the total value of the maximum current consumed by all devices including the host Conventional DC current cannot be used as is Terminator Fieldbus requires two terminators Refer to the supplier for details of terminators that are attached to the host Field devices Connect your Fieldbus communication type ROTAMASS RCCT3 to a fieldbus Two or more ROTAMASS and other field devices can be connected For the terminal assignment on the ROTAMASS RCCT3 see Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Terminal Connection for ROTAMASS Terminal Symbols Description Fieldbus communication signal N Power supply Ground Terminal F0401 EPS All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 4 GETTING STARTED Host Used for accessing field devices A dedicated host such as DCS is used for an instrumentation line while dedicated communication tools are used for experimental purposes For operation of the host refer to the instruction manual for each host No details of the host are explained in the rest of this
174. ch to give up on computer writes to function block Rout locations Supported only with PID function 28 29 1028 1029 FAULT STATE SET FSTATE 1 OFF AUTO Condition set by loss of communication to an output block failure promoted to an output block or a physical contact When fail safe condition is set then output function blocks will perform their FSAFE actions Supported only with PID function Allows the fail safe condition to be manually initiated by selecting Set Supported only with PID function 30 1030 CLR FSTATE 1 OFF AUTO Writing a Clear to this parameter will clear the device fail safe state if the field condition if any has cleared Supported only with PID function 31 1031 MAX NOTIFY 3 Maximum number of unconfirmed notify messages possible 32 1032 LIM NOTIFY 3 AUTO Maximum number of unconfirmed alert no messages allowed 33 1033 CONFIRM TIME 640000 20s AUTO The minimum time between retries of alert reports 34 1034 WRITE LOCK Not locked AUTO If set no writes from anywhere are allowed except to clear WRITE LOCK Block inputs will continue to be updated 1 Not locked 2 Locked 35 1035 UPDATE EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 2 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yo
175. come the LAS Node address 0x10 SlotTime 5 LM LM Basic device Basic device Basic device Basic device Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address 0x15 0x16 OxF1 OxF2 OxF3 OxF4 SlotTime 5 SlotTime 5 FA0602 EPS Figure A7 2 Backup of LAS To set up a ROTAMASS as a device that is capable of backing up the LAS follow the procedure below NOTE When changing the settings DImeBasiclnfo Rotamass Index xxx SM ROTAMASS add the ROTAMASS to the segment bind Element Buen Eu css Description in which an LAS is running After making chang es to the settings do not turn off the power to the Capability value 1 SlotTime 4 8 10 20 for V ST ROTAMASS for at least 60 seconds 3 bass P en 8 5 1 Set the node address of the ROTAMASS In Dear 8 aie general use an address from 0x10 to TA0601 EPS V FUN 1 0x00 Not used In this case set SlotTime MaxResponseTime OT imane and MinInterPduDelay as follows V FUN Configu redLink Settings Record Rotamass Index xxx SM Not used V NUN Setti V FUN V NUN Subinde x Element Default Description OxE7 Basie device 1 Slottime 20 4095 V ST oxrc Default address MaxResponseDelay 6 5 V MRD UXFD Portable device address 6 MinInterPduDelay 12 12 V MID FA0603 EPS TA0602 E
176. communication FasDllTimelinessClass Not used for the Rotamass FasDlIPublisherTime WindowSize Not used for the Rotamass 11 FasDIIPublisher SynchronizaingDIcep Not used for the Rotamass 5 4 All Rights Reserved T0504 1 EPS Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa Sub index Parameter 12 FasDIISubscriberTime WindowSize 13 FasDllSubscriber SynchronizationDlcep Description Not used for the Rotamass Not used for the Rotamass 14 FmsVfdld Sets VFD fo to be used 0x1 System network management VFD 0x1234 Function block VFD the Rotamass 15 FmsMaxOutstanding ServiceCalling Set 0 to Server It is not used for other applications 16 FmsMaxOutstanding ServiceCalled Set 1 to Server It is not used for other applications 17 FmsFeatures Supported Indicates the type of services in the application layer In the Rotamass it is automatically set according to specific applications T0504 2 EPS These 33 VCRs are factory set as shown in Table 5 5 Table 5 5 VCR List VCR Number Index SM 293 Factory S etting For system management Fixed 294 295 Server LocalAddr OxF4 296 Server LocalAddr OxF3 Server LocalAddr OxF7 Trend Source LocalAddr 0x07 Remote Address 0x111 Publisher LocalAddr 0x20 Alert Source LocalAddr 0x07 Remote Address
177. cum input of IN_2 2 Flow forward Integrates forward flow interprets reverse flow as zero 3 Flow reverse Integrates reverse flow interprets forward flow as zero 41 Uses an input value of IN_1 or IN_2 whose status is Uncertain se uncertain regarding it as a value of Good Uses an input value of IN_1 or IN_2 whose status is Bad regarding 29 INTEG_OPTS 030004 Auto 5 bad it as a value of Good 6 Carries over an excess exceeding the threshold at reset to the next y integration Note that this does not apply to UP AUTO or DN AUTO 7 Add zero if bad Interprets an increment as zero if the status of the increment is Bad 8 Confirm reset After a reset rejects the next reset until Confirm is set to RESET CONFIRM 9 Generate reset event Generates an alert event at reset 10215 Reserved If both forward and reverse flows are enabled or disabled both forward and reverse flows are integrated All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 0206 1 5 25 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 index Parameter Initial Write View Definition Name Value 1 2 30 PER B6400 0 sec Auto Specify the period at
178. curely at the terminal with the mark to avoid danger to personnel IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 1 2 3 Operation Do not open the cover until the power has been off for at least 10 minutes Only expert engi neer or skilled personnel are permitted to open the cover 4 Maintenance Maintenance on the Coriolis flowmeter should be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform any operations relating to maintenance Always conform to maintenance procedures outlined in this manual If necessary contact Yokogawa Care should be taken to prevent the build up of dirt dust or other substances on the display panel glass or data plate If these surfaces do get dirty wipe them clean with a soft dry cloth 5 European Pressure Equipment Directive PED When using the instrument as a PED compliant product be sure to read Chapter 10 before use 6 Hazardous Duty Type Instruments For explosion proof type instruments the description in chapter 9 EXPLO SION PROTECT ED TYPE INSTRUMENT has priority to the other descriptions in this instruction manual All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related products are available in English German and French Should you require Ex related instructions in your local language you should contact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative Only trained personal should install and maintain inst
179. d in Kazakhstan see page 8 not with RCCS30LR Primary Calibration and Test Confirmation valid in Uzbekistan see page 8 not with RCCS30LR Dual Seal Approval Dual Seal approval conform with ANSI ISA 12 27 01 only RCCS34 to 39 XR only with FS1 not with pro cess connection A5 Rupture disk rupture pressure 20 bar nominal diameter 8 mm only RCCS34 to 39 XR preferable with GA not with 1 T2 T3 mandatory if DS GA is selected Tag Number With customer specified tag number on name plate max 16 digits Flange Facing Flange with safety grooves acc to EN 1092 1 form D only for D2 to 06 not HC for RCCS30LR only for 0104 Ring Type Joint Flanges 01D6 only for A4 A5 not HC for RCCS30LR only for 01A3 or 01A5 Gas Measurement Gas measurement special factory adjustments and settings select affiliated RCCF31with GA to be conform with ANSI ISA 12 27 01 select RD not with Q20 lt 150 for RCCS34 to 39 XR not with Q01 T1 T2 in combination with Hazardous Area Approval only with S2 lt 230 C for RCCS34 to 39 XR always with S2 or T1 T2 13 lt 260 C for RCCS30LR to 33 always with S2 or T1 T2 T3 not with NS1 US1 QR1 QR2 QR3 remeote eable RGGY033 034 recommended High temperature version T UP to 350 C RCCS34 to 39 IR only with T1 T2 T3 S2 cus tomer insulation required RCCS39 XR only with S2 remote cable RGCY033 034 recommended Low tempera
180. ddition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode If itis an unused function set ALARM PERFORM bit3 to 0 Display out of Range A 41 Display value is out of range 41 Remedy Change decimal point in Man Mode W 21 Warning Block is in Man mode W 21 Remedy Change the Block Mode Target Al1 MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other mode AI2 in Man Mode W 22 Al2 Block is in Man mode W 22 in O S Mode A 26 Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm arm Remedy Change the Al2 Block Mode Target Al2 MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other mode AI3 in Man Mode W 23 Warning Block is in Man mode W 23 Remedy Change the Block Mode Target AI3 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode Al4 in Man Mode W 24 Warning Al4 Block is in Man mode W 24 Remedy Change the 14 Block Mode Target Al4 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode Simulation Active W 41 Warning Block is simulation mode W 41 Remedy Change the Simulation En Disable AH SIMULATE SIMULATE ENABLE to Disabled AI2 Simulation Active W 42 Warning Al2 Block is simulation mode W 42 Remedy Change the Al2 Simulation En Disable AI2 SIMULATE SIMULATE ENABLE to Disabled Simulation Active W 43 Warning Block is simulation mode W 43 Remedy Change the AI3 Simulation En Disable AI3 SIMULATE SIMULATE ENABLE to Disabled Al4 Simulation Active W 44 Warning
181. ded Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided O Not provided Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided O Provided OFF Provided O Provided OFF Provided O Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Provided Provided Provided Provided Provided Provided Provided O Provided O IT2 Low Clock Provided OFF IT1 Last OUT Not Saved Provided OFF IT2 Last OUT Not Saved Provided OFF T0601 EPS IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 6 2 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 6 2 2 Alarms and Events Each ROTAMASS can report the following alarms and events as alerts Analog Alerts Generated when a process value exceeds threshold By Al Block Hi Hi Alarm Hi Alarm Low Alarm Low Low Alarm Discrets Alerts Generated when an abnormal condition is detected By Resource Block Block Alarm Write Alarm By Transducer
182. devices necessary for instru mentation the ROTAMASS has passed the interoperability test conducted by The Fieldbus Foundation In order to properly start Fieldbus it is recommended that the devices used sat isfy the requirements of the above test Host Used for accessing field devices A minimum of one device with bus control function is needed Cable Used for connecting devices Refer to Fieldbus Technical Information 38K3A01 01E for details of instrumentation cabling Provide a cable sufficiently long to connect all devices For field branch cabling use terminal boards or a connection box as required First check the capacity of the power supply The power supply capacity must be greater than the sum of the maximum current consumed by all devices to be connected to Fieldbus For the ROTAMASS the maximum current power supply voltage 9 to 32 VDC is 15 mA The cable must have the spur in a minimum length with termina tors installed at both ends of the trunk 5 2 Network Definition Before connection of devices with Fieldbus define the Fieldbus network Allocate PD tags and node addresses to all devices excluding such passive devices as terminators PD tags are the same as conventional tag num bers assigned to devices Up to 32 alphanumeric characters may be used for definition of the PD tag for each device Use hyphens as delimiters as required IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00
183. dition January 31 2014 00 5 CONFIGURATION 13 DISP_SELECT_2 Relative Index 51 Selects the data to be displayed on the second line of the LCD indicator as fol lows see DISP_SELECT_1 255 None 14 DISP SELECT 3 Relative Index 52 Selects the data to be displayed on the third line of the LCD indicator as follows see DISP SELECT 1 255 None 15 DISP SELECT 4 Relative Index 53 Selects the data to be displayed on the fourth line of the LCD indicator as follows see DISP SELECT 1 255 None 16 DISP DECIMAL MASS FLOW Relative Index 54 Selects the format of the mass flow value to be displayed on the LCD indicator as follows 1 xxxxxxx No decimal point 7 digits 2 xxxxx X 1 digit after DP resolution 3 2 digit after DP resolution 4 xxx XXX digit after DP resolution 5 4 digit after DP resolution 6 x XXXXX 5 digit after DP resolution 17 DISP DECIMAL VOLUME FLOW Relative Index 55 Selects the format of the volume flow value to be displayed on the LCD indica tor as follows see DISP DECIMAL MASS FLOW 18 DISP DECIMAL DENSITY Relative Index 56 Selects the format of the density value to be displayed on the LCD indicator as follows see DISP DECIMAL MASS FLOW IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 20 19 DISP DECIMAL TEMPERATURE Relative Index 57 Selects the format of the temperature value to be dis
184. duit connection M M20 x 1 female thread with cable glands A ANSI 12 NPT female thread without cable glands Process connection size 34 DN 15 2 25 1 DN 40 1 DN 50 2 DN 65 2 DN 80 3 DN 100 47 DN 125 5 DN 150 6 DN 200 8 ASME flange class 150 process connection dim facing acc ASME B16 5 ASME flange class 300 process connection dim facing acc ASME B16 5 ASME flange class 600 process connection dim facing acc ASME B16 5 ASME flange class 900 process connection dim facing acc ASME B16 5 ASME flange class 1500 process connection dim facing acc ASME B16 5 EN flange PN 16 process connection dim facing acc EN 1092 1 Form B1 EN flange PN 40 process connection dim facing acc EN 1092 1 Form B1 EN flange PN 63 process connection dim facing acc EN 1092 1 Form B2 EN flange PN 100 process connection dim facing acc EN 1092 1 Form B2 JIS flange 10K JIS B 2220 JIS flange 20K JIS B 2220 Thread acc DIN 11851 Clamp process connection dimensions acc DIN 32676 Clamp process connection dim acc Tri Clover Tri Clamp and 72 G female thread NPT female thread e table 11 Stainless steel 316L 1 4404 T9 Material of wetted parts 7 SL HC Hastelloy C 22 2 4602 only RCCT34 to 39 IR 7 see selection table Process connection and materials table 11 only with able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 11 able 1
185. dure Although the time taken for the entire procedure varies depending on the size of the field bus device s software it generally take about 20 minutes where there is a one to one connection between a fieldbus device and down load tool and longer when multiple field devices are connected to the fieldbus Start download tool Select file s v _ Select device s Select the software file s you want to download Select the device s to which you want to download software v Transmit the software to the field Carry out download device s v Activate the device s to start Activate device s with new software FA0102 EPS Figure A6 2 Flow of Software Download Procedure A CAUTION Carrying out a software download leaves the PD tag node address and transducer block calibration parameters that are retained in the nonvolatile memory inside the target device but may reset other parameters to the defaults except a minor update that does not change the number of parameters Hence where necessary save the parameters using an engineering tool parameter setting utility or the like before carrying out a software download and then reconfigure the field device s after the download For details see Section A6 6 IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 CAUTION The current dissipation of the target field device increases transitorily immediately
186. e data from the transducer block This setting can be used for propagation of the status to the trailing blocks generation of a process alarm and as an operation test for trailing blocks Std Set to Standard Simu during normal opertion JP1 wee FOGO2 EP Figure 6 2 SIMULATE ENABLE Jumper Position 01804 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 6 IN PROCESS OPERATION nsrrr r a DANK Page E IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 6 4 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 7 DEVICE STATUS 7 DEVICE STATUS In a ROTAMASS the current device statuses and error details are represented by parameters DEVICE_ STATUS_1 to DEVICE STATUS 5 indexes 1045 to 1048 inside the resource statuses Table 71 Contents of RS DEVICE STATUS 1 Index 1045 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x02000000 E 10 Download Fail 0x01000000 E 09 Download Incomplete 0x00800000 Sim enable Jumper On 0x00400000 A 21 RS in O S mode 0x00080000 E 03 EEPROM FB fault 0x00008000 Link Obj 1 17 33 not open 0x00004000 Link Obj 2 18 34 not open 0x00002000 Link Obj 3 19 35 not open 0x00001000 Link Obj 4 20 36 not open 0x00000800 Link Obj 5 21 37 not open 0x00000400 Link Obj 6 22 38 not open 0x00000200 Link Obj 7 23 39 not open 0x00000100 Link Obj 8 24 40 not open 0x00000080 Link Obj 9 2
187. e detector can be insulated to prevent ice capping either by the customer or by the manufacturer Ask your Yokogawa representative for special insulation If the customer wants to insulate by themselves a closed cell foam as insulation material is recommended to avoid water siphon In this case option S2 should be selected For temperatures below 70 C option LT is recommended on request Zero Adjustment Function Zero point can be adjusted by FF communication when the fluid is stopped and the detector filled To ensure no flow conditions isolation valves should be installed To achieve the specified accuracy a zero should be performed at pro cess conditions temp pressure IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Pressure Temperature dependencies of process connections See also process pressure limits in chapter tion conditions Concentration Measurement for Liquids The Standard Concentration Measurement option CST is suitable for concentration measurement of emulsions or suspensions where the density of the solid is assumed to be fix can also be used for mainly low concentration solutions if the two fluids are not strongly interacting The density change of the liquid components due to temperature can normally be described with a linear or quadratic function with very high accuracy within the desired measurement range The coefficients of these func
188. e enclosed Use the ATEX certified cable glands suitable for the conditions of use Ex de or Ex d or dust application For dust application D use cable glands with minimum IP67 protection Cable glands for detector connection terminal RCCF31 M Cable glands are fitted in the concerning thread This cable gland can be used for dust application D RCCF31 A Cable glands are enclosed This cable gland can also be used for dust application D Installation diagram KF4 Remote type Terminator Field Instrument ot t O Field Instrument ot RCCF31 Remote Cable RCCY03 Hazardous Area Converter Connected shields of cable pairs to COM terminal Outer shield RCCS3 Detector Safe Area Terminator o Safety barrier Power supply ACor DC F09106 EPS The inner shields shields of the cable pairs are connected together to COM terminal on converter side The outer shield of the cable is connected on both sides to the cases by cable All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 6 land 9 1 3 Operation 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS If the cover of the converter case has
189. e of the flowmeter itself it is advisible to us MASS FLOW LOW CUT Simulation setup SIMULATE of AI DI block Simulation of each AI IT block can be performed in such a way that the value and status of the input to the block can be set arbitrarily Use this function for loop checks or the like Refer to Section 6 3 Simulation Function LCD display setup DISP PERIOD of TB block Set the units of data to be displayedon the LCD and the display refresh cycle Adjust DISPLAY PERIOD to improve legibility such as when used in a low temperature enviroment causing hard to read indications 0201 5 Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota A 27 IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 2 Setting and Change of Basic Parameters This section describes the procedure taken to set and change the parameters for each block Ob taining access to each parameter differs depend ing on the configuration system used For details refer to the instruction manual for each configura tion system Access the block mode MODE BLK of each block Set the Target Note 1 of block mode MODE to Auto Man or O S Note 2 according to the Write Mode of the parameter to be set or changed Access the parameter to be set or changed Make setting or change in accordance with each parameter Set the Target of bl
190. e option A1 4 3 1 Status of Value after Addition If one of the statuses of two arguments is BAD or if two of them are both BAD the status of the value after addition becomes BAD In this case the value of GOOD just before the status changed to BAD is used as the addition value see A2 1 When the statuses of two arguments are both GOOD the status of the value after addition becomes GOOD In this case the status of the value after addition will be used for the status applied to Integration All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 4 3 2 Addition The following three options are available for additions TOTAL Adds two arguments values as is FORWARD Adds two argument values regarding a negative value as O REVERSE Adds two argument values regarding a positive value as O You can choose these options using bit 2 and bit 3 of INTEG_OPTS as follows Bit 2 of INTEG_OPTS Bit 3 of INTEG_OPTS Adder Options Flow Forward Flow Reverse H H TOTAL L L TOTAL H L FORWARD H REVERSE TA0202 EPS The result of the adder is passed to the integrator If only one of the inputs is connected the value of s non connected input will be ignored When bit 7 of INTEG_OPTS Add zero if bad has been set if the status of a value after addition is BAD the value after addition increment becomes 0
191. ea installation Blue cable for Ex i indication Blue cable for indication China Termination kits Quantity of additional termination kits 01 to 99 Quick delivery Delivery within 24 hours from factory only 1 003 1005 1010 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 20 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Advanced Concentration Measurement Options others on request recommended with option K6 Kal Components Concentration Temp Source of concentration density table range range Brix Sugar Water 0 85 0 80 C PTB Messages 100 5 90 density of watery Saccarose solutions after the introduction of the interna tional temperature scale of 1990 ITS1990 Table 5 C10 WT 6 Ethylene Glycol 10 50 WT 20 40 C Data table on request Water Amylum starch 33 43 WT 35 45 C Data table on request Water only with material HC RELATED INSTRUMENTS The customer should prepare instrument maintenance tool terminator fieldbus power supply etc Safety barrier for version with intrinsically safe FF output option KF4 web page www yokogawa com fbs Interoperability fbs accessories en htm All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 21 IM 01R04B05 00E E th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS o c a c o 5 S o 5 a E c 6
192. ed to the PREPARE PREPARE command 1 Write Response Returned 4 Reserved 1 Reserved 5 ReadyForDwnld Delay Secs 2 Indicates the maximum delay after receipt of the PREPARE FOR DWNLD command to proceed to transition from DWNLD NOT READY to DWNLD READY 6 Activation Delay Secs 2 Indicates the maximum delay after receipt of the ACTIVATE command to proceed to transition from DWNLD OK to DWNLD NOT READY 0109 5 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 63 IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD 2 DOMAIN_DESCRIPTOR Sub Element alee Description Index Bytes 1 Command 1 Reads writes software download commands 1 PREPARE_FOR_DWNLD instruction of download preparation 2 ACTIVATE activation instruction 3 CANCEL_DWNLD instruction of download cancellation 2 State 1 Indicates the current download status 1 DWNLD_NOT_READY download not ready 2 DWNLD_PREPARING download under preparation 3 DWNLD_READY ready for download 4 DWNLD_OK download complete 5 DOWNLOADING download underway 6 CHECKSUM FAIL not used in this product 7 FMS DOWNLOAD FAIL failure during download 8 DWNLD INCOMPLETE download error detected at restart 9 VCR FAIL not used in this product 10 OTHER download error other than 6 and 7 detected 3 Error Code 2 Indicates the error during a download and activation
193. el 1 is used for Channel reception 6 MediaType 0x49 Wire medium voltage Selected mode and 31 25 kbps are selected 7 ReceiveSelect Channel 1 is used for reception 0x01 TA0612 EPS 12 LinkScheduleActivationVariable Writing the version number of an LAS sched ule which has already been downloaded to the domain to this parameter causes the correspond ing schedule to be executed On the other hand writing O to this parameter stops execution of the active schedule 13 LinkScheduleListCharacteristicsRecord Sub Element index Size bytes Description 1 NumOf Indicates total number of Schedules LAS schedules that have been downloaded to the domain 2 NumOfSub Indicates the maximum number SchedulesPer of sub schedules an LAS Schedule schedule can contain This is fixed to 1 in the Yokogawa communication stacks lActiveSchedule Indicates the version number of Version the schedule currently executed 4 ActiveSchedule Indicates the index number of the domain that stores the schedule currently executed 5 ActiveSchedule StaringTime Indicates the time when the current schedule began being executed TA0613 EPS IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS 14 DImeScheduleDescriptor This parameter exists for the same number as the total number of domains
194. ement Al6 Net Flow Upper and lower operating range limits and unit The range limits will be set to the concentration The range limits will be set to the net flow rate XD SCALE measurement range specified on the order sheet range specified on the order sheet PS or to Upper and lower output range limits and unit PS or to 0 to 100 WT if the order sheet is to Qmax the order sheet is not supplied OUT SCALE not supplied The unit depends on the selected concentration Damping time constant TB Block Output mode L Type Direct for all Al blocks unless otherwise specified when ordered Qmax see table 1 Qvmax Qmax 3 3 for liquids Parameter legend 1 XD SCALE Defines the input values from the transducer block input range of sensor corresponding to 0 and 100 span values from the inside calculation of the AI function blocks The values set as the mass flow span volume flow span density span and temperature span are stored in this parameter in the RCCTS RCCF31 Concentration span and net flow span can be set in this parameter under option Cxx 2 OUT SCALE Output scaling parameter Defines the output values corresponding to 0 and 100 span values from the inside calculation of the AI function blocks 3 PV FTIME Time constant of the damping function within the AI blocks is set to O s 4 TYPE Determines if the values passed by the transducer block to the Al block may be used directly Direct or i
195. er Reset if one of the Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF INF lt AccTotal lt INF Name Integration Method Integration Range following conditions is established Trip Output INF lt Total lt TOTAL_SP UP AUTO 1 up s Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF CMD INT 1 INF AccTotal lt INF mA INF lt Total lt INF Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF e RESET_IN 1 UP_DEM 2 Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF OP_CMD_INT 1 INF lt AccTotal lt INF Counting down 2 OUT reaches 0 DN AUTO 3 Starting from RESET IN 1 s TOTAL SP 11 INT 1 INF lt AccTotal lt INF Counting down INF lt Total lt INF 0 lt ATotal lt RESET IN 1 2 0 lt RTotal lt INF e 1 INF lt AccTotal lt INF INF Total lt INF Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF At the period Specifi d by PERIODIC 5 CLOCK PER 3 Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF CMD INT 1 INF lt AccTotal lt INF POE INF Total lt INF Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF RESET IN 1 DEMAND 6 Starting from o 0 lt RTotal lt INF OP_CMD_INT 1 INF lt AccTotal lt INF INF Total lt INF At the period specif by CLOCK_PER PER amp DEM 7 Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF RESET 1 3 INT 1 Legend s Trip output is made 3 No t
196. er defines the sensor model When a user changes the value the follow ing parameters return to default automati cally SENSOR RANGE MASS FLOW VALUE RANGE VOLUME FLOW VALUE RANGE NET FLOW VALUE RANGE SK20 SKT RV QNOM KD FL20 FTC1 FTCK SKP FPC SKTK SKPT FPTC FQC1 FQC2 AUTOZERO RANGE FLUCTUATION RANGE 85 2085 SK20 O S Defines the sensor constant at 20 C The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 86 2086 SKT O S Defines a linear temperature coefficient of the sensor constant SK20 The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 87 2087 RV O S Defines a density correction factor The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 88 2088 QNOM O S Defines the water flow rate of about 1 bar pressure drop The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 89 2089 KD O S Defines a density calibration constant The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model 90 2090 FL20 O S Defines a response frequency of the tubes filled with air at 20 C The valid range and the default value de pend on the selected sensor model Depends on detector size For RCCF31 not combined with detector data for RCCS36 are stored All Rights Reserved Copyright O
197. er occurrences This parameter can be cleared by CLEAR _ HIST 122 2122 HIST ABS ALM This parameter indicates all alarm events status absolute after occurrences This parameter can be cleared by CLEAR _ HIST parameter 123 2123 5 ABS WARNG This parameter indicates all warning events status absolute after occurrences This parameter can be cleared by CLEAR _ HIST parameter 124 2124 HIST Not Execute O S This parameter clear entries in the HIST ORD HIST ABS ERR HIST ABS and HIST ABS WARNG parameter 125 2125 ALARM PERFORM This parameter clears alarm Warning information about each function block temporarily If a user writes O to a some with this param eter the corresponding alarm and warning will be cleared 126 2126 ALARM SUM 0 The parameter shows current alarm 127 2127 REFERENCE TEMPERATURE 25 C O S Indicates the temperature where the reference density of both components of the mixture has been determined 128 2128 REFERENCE DENSITY CARRIER 0 997039 O S Indicates the density of the carrier liquid de termined at the reference temperature 129 2129 COEFF A CARRIER 0 261 E 3 K O S Indicates the linear temperature coefficient of the density of the carrier liquid 130 2130 TEMP COEFF B CARRIER 0 36 E 5 K O S Indicates the quadratic temperature coefficient of the density of the carrier liquid 131 2131 REFERENCE DENSITY PROD
198. erter Intrinsic safe detector Intrinsic safe fieldbus with HP for gas group IIB NEPSI Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector output with HP for gas group IIB NEPSI Flame proof converter Intrinsic safe detector Intrinsic safe fieldbus with HP for gas group IIB T Primary Calibration and Test Confirmation valid in Russia see page 8 Primary Calibration and Test Confirmation valid in Kazakhstan see page 8 Primary Calibration and Test Confirmation valid in Uzbekistan see page 8 High Driving Power High Driving Power recommended for combination with RCCS36 to 39 strongly not for combination with RCCS30 to 34 recommended for combination with RCCS39 IR Please see Hazardous Area mandatory for combination with RCCS39 XR Specifications Concentration Measurement Standard concentration measurement not with GA Advanced concentration measurement details see table Advanced Concentration not with GA Measurement Options Certificates P2 Certificate of compliance with the order acc to EN 10204 2004 2 1 P3 As P2 Test report acc to EN 10204 2004 2 2 with test results Instruction Manuals Quantity of instruction manuals in English O 110 3 selectable 9 Quantity of instruction manuals in German 21103 selectable 9 Quantity of instruction manuals in French 1 110 3 selectable 9 Special design must be specification an extra sheet 00200 Select affiliated RCCS3 with the same approval ty
199. es the damping time constant for the mass flow rate to be input to the flow rate calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200 seconds Default 3 seconds All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 4 MASS_FLOW_LOWCUT Relative Index 28 Sets the low cutoff mass flow rate level Setting range Minimum flow rate 0 to 10 of MASS_FLOW_VALUE_RANGE EU 100 The default value is 0 Unit As selected in 1 _5 UNITS_INDEX Parameters for Secondary Variable 5 6 VOLUME_FLOW_VALUE_FTIME Relative Index 31 Defines the damping time constant for the volume flow rate to be input to the flow rate calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200 seconds Default 3 seconds VOLUME_FLOW_LOWCUT Relative Index 32 Sets the low cutoff volume flow rate level Setting range Minimum flow rate 0 to 10 of VOLUME FLOW VALUE RANGE EU 100 The default value is 0 Unit As selected AI2 XD SCALE UNITS INDEX Parameters for Tertiary Variable 7 8 DENSITY VALUE FTIME Relative Index 35 Defines the damping time constant for the density to be input to the density calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200 seconds Default 3 seconds DENSITY LOWCUT Relative Index 36 Sets the low cutoff density level Setting range Minimum value 0 to 10 of DENSITY VALUE RANGE EU 100 The default value is O 96 Unit As selected in SCALE UNITS INDEX Parameters for Quater
200. escription in this Instruction Manual N WARNING Only trained persons may use the instrument in industrial location The instrument modification or parts replace ment by other than an authorized Representative of Yokogawa is prohibited and will void the certification Electrostatic charge may cause an exlosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the gerenation of eletrostatic charge such as rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of the converter If itis mounted in an area where the use of category 2D apparatus is required it shall be installed in such a way that the risk from electrostatic discharges and propagating brush discharges caused by rapid flow of dust is avoided ROTAMASS is produced by Rota Yokogawa Rheinstr 8 D 79664 Wehr Germany 9 3 1 Technical Data Applicable Standard RCCS3 IEC 60079 0 2011 IEC 60079 11 2011 IEC 60079 31 2008 RCCT3 RCCF31 RCCR31 IEC 60079 0 2011 IEC 60079 1 2007 IEC 60079 7 2006 IEC 60079 11 2011 IEC 60079 31 2008 Certificate IECEx KEM 06 0031X Remote detector RCCS30LR 33 option ES1 Intrinsically safe Ex ib IIB IIC T1 T6 Gb Ex ib Db max surface temperature see below Max surface temperature Standard 150 C MT 260 C MT not T 320 C Degree of protection IP67 Ambient humidity 0 to 95 RH Ambient temperature range 50 C to 80 C
201. eserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS o Parameter Name Sub SUP ico a Access Remarks 370 PLME BASIC 0 R CHARACTERISTICS 1 ChannelStatisticsSupported 0x00 2 MediumAndDataRatesSupported 0x4900000000000000 3 lecVersion 1 0 1 4 NumOfChannels 1 0 1 5 PowerMode 0 0 0 371 CHANNEL STATES 0 R 1 channel 1 0 0x0 2 channel 2 128 0x80 3 channel 3 128 0x80 4 channel 4 128 0x80 5 channel 5 128 0x80 6 channel 6 128 0x80 7 channel 7 128 0x80 8 channel 8 128 0x80 372 PLME BASIC INFO 0 R 1 InterfaceMode 0 0x0 2 LoopBackMode 0 0x0 3 XmitEnabled 1 0 1 4 RcvEnabled 1 0x1 5 PreferredReceiveChannel 1 0 1 6 MediaTypeSelected 73 0x49 7 ReceiveSelect 1 0 1 373 LINK SCHEDULE ACTIVATION VARIABLE RW 374 LINK SCHEDULE LIST 0 R CHARACTERISTICS NumofSchedules 0 RECORD 2 NumOfSubSchedulesPerSchedule 1 3 ActiveScheduleVersion 0 4 ActiveSheduleOdIndex 0 DLME_SCHEDULE 5 ActiveScheduleStartingTime 0 375 DESCRIPTOR 1 0 R 1 Version 0 2 MacrocycleDuration 0 DLME SCHEDULE 3 TimeResolution 376 DESCRIPTOR 2 0 R 1 Version 0 2 MacrocycleDuration DOMAIN 1 3 TimeResolution 377 DOMAIN 2 Read write impossible Get OD possible 378 Read write impossible Get OD possible 0605 2 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005
202. et only in mass flow rate also causes the unit within the trans ducer block to be automatically changed The unit is automatically changed according to the unit selected by 1 2 3 4 5 6 AIE XD SCALE UNIT INDEX depend on customer s spec Units which can be set by XD SCALE are shown Table 5 16 Note With the same setting some units are represented differently between the FOUNDATION Fieldbus com munication type and the HART communication type of a ROTAMASS Each unit enclosed in brackets above shows the unit for the HART communication type of ROTAMASS corresponding to the preceding unit for the Foundation Fieldbus communication type 5 16 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 CONFIGURATION Table 5 16 Available Units Item Block Available Units 1318 g sec 1319 g min 1320 g h 1322 kg s 1323 kg min Mass Flow 1324 kg h 1327 t min 1328 t h 1330 15 5 1331 lb min 1332 lb h 1511 cucm s 1512 cucm min 1513 cucm h 1351 6 1352 1 1353 1 1347 cum s 1348 cum min 1349 cum h 1362 gal s 1363 gal min 1364 gal h 1356 cuft s 1357 cuft min 1358 cuft h 1371 bbl s 1372 bbl min 2 1373 bbl h Channel 2 SV 1374 bbl d 1367 Impgal s 1368 Impgal min 1369 Impgal h 1537 Sl s 1538 Sl min 1539 51 65524 Scuft s 1360 Scuft min 1361 Scuft h 1527 Scum s 1528 Scum min 1529 Scum h 1532 NI s 1533 Normal 1534 NI h Volume Flow 1522 Ncum s 1523 Ncum min 1524 Ncum h 1104 g ml 1
203. et to FT1004 by default unless otherwise specified when ordered Node address Set to OxF6 246 by default unless otherwise specified when ordered 3 Specified tag number is engraved on the stainless steel plate Up to 16 letters using any alphanumeric and symbols of and Specified software tag number is entered in the amplifier memory Up to 32 letters using any alphanumeric and symbols of and 5 Range of node address 0x00 to OxFF 0 to 255 Operation Functional Class Set to BASIC unless otherwise specified when ordered Analog Input Function Block Mass Flow AI2 Volume Flow AI3 Density Al4 Temperature Upper and lower operating range limits and unit The range limits will be The range limits will be The range limits will be The range limits will XD SCALE set to the mass flow rate set to the volume flow set to the density range be set to the tempera Upper and lower output range limits and unit range specified on the rate range specified on specified on the order ture range specified OUT SCALE order sheet PS or to the order sheet PS sheet PS orto to 1 5 on the order sheet to if order to 0 to Qvmax if the if the order sheetis PS or to 0 to 150 C sheet is supplied order sheet is not not supplied if the order sheet is supplied not supplied Damping time constant TB Block Analog Input Function Block 15 Concentration Measur
204. eters needed Changes the number of Reengineering needed system network management VFD parameters 0101 5 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 59 APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD A6 7 Troubleshooting For information on the download tool s error messages see also the software s User s Manual Table A6 2 Problems after Software Update Symptom An error occurs before starting a download disabling the download Cause The selected download file is not for the selected field device Remedy Check SOFTDWN ERROR the resource block and obtain the correct file An error occurs after starting a download disabling the download You attempted to update the device revision by downloading a file which is not an original file Check SOFTDWN ERROR in the resource block and obtain the original file The selected field device does not support software downloading The voltage on the fieldbus segment falls below the specified limit 9 volts Check whether the option code EE is included in the model and suffix codes of the device Check the capacity of the field bus power supply used and the voltage at the terminal There was an error in a checksum or the number of transmission bytes Check SOFTDWN ERROR the resource block and obtain the correct file The
205. eters of function blocks to each other as necessary For a ROTAMASS the output parameters of six Al blocks OUTs two integrator blocks and input output parameters of an optional PID block should be linked to pa rameters of different function blocks Specifically link settings must be written to the link object in the ROTAMASS For details refer to Section 5 6 Block Setting It is also possible to read values from the host at appropriate intervals instead of linking the outputs of ROTAMASS s function blocks to other blocks The linked blocks need to be executed synchro nously with other blocks and the communication schedule In this case change the schedule of the ROTAMASS according to Table 5 3 in which factory settings are shown in parentheses All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa Table 5 3 Function Block Execution Schedule of ROTAMASS Setting Factory Setting in Index Parameters Parentheses 269 MACROCYCLE DURATION Repetition period of control SM or measurement i e macrocycle to be set as a multiple of 1 32 ms 32000 1 second 276 FB_START_ENTRY 1 Start time of the block SM represented as the elapsed time from the start of each macrocycle to be set asa multiple of 1 32 ms 0 0 ms 277 START ENTRY 2 Start time of the PID block SM optional represented as the elapsed time from the start of each macrocycle to be set as a multiple of 1 32 ms
206. f the value is in different units and must be converted linearly Indirect Linear using the input range defined by SCALE and the associated output range OUT SCALE 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 8 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS DIMENSIONS Integral type RCCT34 39 IR Without Display 147 0123 With Display 0123 Dm Note The flange dimensions depend on size and pressure rating of the flange _ G m m m w T9 Ec me sre ee ze ere m wae Forse sese lt o om mm lt o aso am cor mm m s oo vos Ee mm mm mm mm Dimensions in mm Weights with smallest flanges Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 9 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Integral Type RCCT39 XR 5 see table 11 1280 Weigth 295 375 kg IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 10 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Remote field mount converter RCCF31 Without Display With Display 9102 Weight with bracket 5 5 kg depends on type All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005
207. file error 32794 Binary file error 32795 Device error in module 2 32796 Detection of EEPROM state other than backup after activation 32797 Checksum error in module 2 32798 Not in DWNLD READY state when receiving GenericDomainlnitiate 32799 Not in DWNLD OK state when receiving GenericDomainTerminate 32800 Not in DOWNLOADING state when receiving GenericDomainSegment 32801 Firmware error 36863 Unused All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 0104 5 61 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD A6 9 System Network Management VFD Parameters Re lating to Software Download Table A6 5 System Network Management VFD Parameters Write Mode R W read write R read only Default Write Factory Set Mode Index SM 400 DWNLD PROPERTY Parameter Name Remarks Sub parameter Name Download Class Write Rsp Returned For ACTIVATE Write Rsp Returned For PREPARE Reserved ReadyForDwnld Delay Secs Activation Delay Secs 410 DOMAIN DESCRIPTOR R W Read write permitted only for sub index 1 Command State Error Code Download Domain Index Download Domain Header Index Activated Domain Header Index Domain Name Device name 420 DOMAIN_HEADER 1 O N O oF Header Version Number Header Size Manufacturer ID Device Family Device Type Device Revisio
208. for high alarm in engineering units 29 4429 4529 LO_PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the low alarm 0 1 3 to 15 30 1 4430 4530 LO LIM 1 AUTO The setting for the low alarm in engineering units 31 4431 4531 LO_LO_PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the low low alarm 0 1 310 15 32 44324532 LO_LO_LIM 1 AUTO The setting of the low low alarm in engineering units 33 44334533 ALM The status for high high alarm and its associated time stamp 34 4434 4534 ALM The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 35 4435 4535 LO ALM The status of the low alarm and its associated time stamp 36 4436 4536 LO_LO_ALM The status of the low low alarm and its associated time stamp 1 Initial value All limits are set to plus or minus infinity INF or INF which is the same as no limit IEEE 754 1985 defines the floating point representation of plus and minus infinity All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 7 0102 4 5 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 3 Transducer Block Relative Index 0 Index 2000 Parameter Name Block Header Factory Default Tag TB Write Mode Block Tag O S Explanation Information on this block such as Block Tag DD Revision Execution Time etc 2001 ST_REV The revision level of the static data associated with the function block
209. g the ROTAMASS as the LAS which requires an option perform steps 1 to 3 in Section A6 3 A4 2 Make the parameters in the current LAS match the capabilities parameter in the All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A4 3 ROTAMASS as follows refer to Section 5 2 Network Definition LAS ROTAMASS V ST gt V ST 2 4 V MID gt V MID 24 V MRD gt 2 12 Check that the ROTAMASS is assigned an appropriate address The address of the ROTAMASS must not lie within either 0x00 to 0x10 or the range of unused unpolled node addresses determined by the cur rent LAS s LM parameter settings which is V FUN to V FUN V NUM Refer to Section 5 2 Network Definition All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 73 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 74 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 8 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM FIELDMATE AND PRM APPENDIX 8 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM FIELDMATE AND PRM Plant Resource Manaqer With DeviceViewer it is possible to display whether or not the hardware status and configuration are nor mal as the result of self diagnosis performed by an FF H1 device Please refer to IM 33Y05Q10 01E The following figure shows an example of the DeviceViewer
210. ght 2005 Rota A5 7 Control Action By pass The PID control computation can be bypassed so as to set the SP value in the control output OUT as shown below Setting BYPASS to Or bypasses the PID control computation OUT CAS IN Setpoint RCAS_IN Control Feed Sp forward A5 8 Feed forward Feed forward is an action to add a compensa tion input signal VAL to the output of the PID control computation and is typically used for feed forward control The following figure illustrates the action FA0502 EPS FF_VAL FF_GAIN OUT PID PV computation 0503 5 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota A 51 APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK A5 9 Block Modes The block mode is set in the parameter BLK MODE BLK Target Stipulates the target mode to which the PID block transfers Indicates the current mode of the PID block Stipulates all the modes that the PID block can enter The PID block is prohibited to enter any mode other than those set in this element Actual Permitted Normal Stipulates the mode in which the PID block normally resides TA0505 EPS There are eight modes for a PID block as shown below Block Mode ROut Description Remote output mode in which the PID block outputs the value set in ROUT IN Remote cascade mode in which the PID block carries out t
211. ghts Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 1 Applications and Selection of Basic Parameters Setting Item applicable parameters Tag numbers Summary Set the physical PD tag and blocking tags Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be set for each of these tags refer to Section 5 4 Setting of tags and Addresse Calibration range setup XD SCALE of AI block Sets the range of inputs from the transducer block corresponding to the 0 and 100 points in operation within the function block The maximumflow rate range on an order sheet is the factoty default setting Set four data the unit of the range the input value at the 0 point always for Rotamass the input value at the 10096 point equal to the flow span and the decimal point position Output scale setup OUT SCALE of AI block Set the scale of output corresponding to the 0 and 100 points in operation with the AI function block It is possible to set a unit and scale that differ from the measuring range Set four data the unit of the scale the output value at the 0 point i e the lower output scale limit the output value at the 100 point i e the upper output scale limit and the decimal point position Output mode setup L TYPE of AI block Select the calculation function of each AI function
212. he PID control computation based on the setpoint SP set via the remote cascade connection Such as from a computer and outputs the computed result RCas Cas mode in which the PID block carries out the PID control computation based on the setpoint SP set from another fieldbus function block and outputs the computed result Auto The PID block carries out automatic control outputs the result computed by the PID control computation Man Manual mode in which the PID block outputs the value set by the user manually LO The PID block outputs the value set in TRK_VAL IMan Initialization and manual mode in which the control action is suspended The PID block enters this mode when the specified condition is met see Section A5 14 O S Out of service mode in which neither the control computation nor action is carried out and the output is kept at the value that was output before the PID block entered into O S mode 0506 5 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK A5 9 1 Mode Transitions Transition Destination Condition NOT Mode Conditions O S 1 If O S is set in MODE_ BLK target or if O S is set in target inside the resource block IMan 2 If the specified condition is NOT if met see Section A5 14 condition 1 is met LO 3 If Track Enable is specified in NOT if either CONTROL
213. he PULSE_VAL1 and PULSE_VAL2 parameters Moreover the unit of IN_2 is standardized to that of IN_1 in the same way as rate conversion Thus the user must also set an appropriate value to UNIT CONV Current read value Previous read value counts number of pulse input2 Current read value Previous read value counts PULSE_VAL1 19 PULSE_VAL2 20 number of pulse incrementi 3 pulse value1 kg kg pulse increment2 UNIT_CONV 18 3 conversion factor 3 pulse value2 kg Ib pulse FA0203 EPS Figure A2 3 Increment Calculation with Counter Input A1 4 2 4 Determining the Input Flow Direction The Integrator block also considers the input flow direction Information about the input flow direc tion is contained in REV_FLOW1 ans REV_FLOW2 0 FORWARD 1 REVERSE In input processing the sign of the value after rate and accumulation conversion is reversed if the REV_FLOW1 and REV_FLOW2 parameters are set to REVERSE When determination of the flow direction of two input values is complete these two inputs are passed to the adder The settings in REV_FLOW will be retained even if power is turned OFF IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A1 4 3 Adder When input processing is complete two argu ments that have been rate and accumulate converted will be passed to the adder The adder adds these two values according to th
214. he power is turned OFF A1 4 2 1 Determining Input Value Statuses The following shows the correlation between the statuses of input parameters 1 IN 2 and the sta tuses if Input values used in the Integration block Statuses of Input Bit 4 of INTEG OPTS Bit 5 of INTEG_OPTS Status of Input Values Parameters 1 IN 2 Use Uncertain Use Bad Handled in IT Block Good Irrelevant Irrelevant Good Bad Irrelevant H 21 Good Bad Irrelevant L 20 Bad Uncertain H 21 Irrelevant Good Uncertain L 20 Irrelevant Bad 0201 5 For addition see A2 3 if the status of an input value is BAD the GOOD value just before the status changed to BAD is used Even if the Use Bad option is used changing the internal status to GOOD the value of GOOD just before the status change to BAD is used A1 4 2 2 Converting the Rate Next convert the unit of the inputs to the same units to be added together The unit of IN 2 is The following describes an example of rate con standardized to that of IN_1 Then calculates a weight volume energy by multiplying each input In rate conversion firstly convert the unit of two value and block execution time Because unit in inputs to that based on seconds formation is not input to the Integrator block as an input value the user must input in advance tuned values to the TIME_UNIT1 2 and UNIT_CONV parameters Converts the u
215. i di prodotti ATEX contrassegnati con Ex sono disponibili in inglese tedesco e francese Se si desidera ricevere i manuali operativi di prodotti Ex in lingua locale mettersi in contatto con l ufficio Yokogawa pi vicino o con un rappresentante Todos los manuales de instrucciones para los productos antiexplosivos de ATEX est n disponibles en ingl s alem n y franc s Si desea solicitar las instrucciones de estos art culos antiexplosivos en su idioma local deber ponerse en contacto con la oficina o el representante de Yokogawa m s cercano Alle handleidingen voor producten die te maken hebben met ATEX explosiebeveiliging Ex zijn verkrijgbaar in het Engels Duits en Frans Neem indien u aanwijzingen op het gebied van explosiebeveiliging nodig hebt in uw eigen taal contact op met de dichtstbijzijnde vestiging van Yokogawa of met een vertegenwoordiger Kaikkien ATEX Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden k ytt hjeet ovat saatavilla englannin saksan ja ranskankielisin Mik li tarvitsette Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden ohjeita omalla paikallisella kielell nnne ottakaa yhteytt l himp n Yokogawa toimistoon tai edustajaan Todos os manuais de instru es referentes aos produtos Ex da ATEX est o dispon veis em Ingl s Alem o e Franc s Se necessitar de instru es na sua l ngua relacionadas com produtos Ex dever entrar em contacto com a delega o mais pr xima ou com um representante da Yokogawa Tous les manuels d
216. ile UPDATE followed by two spaces Update file 10 Domain Name 8 Indicates the domain name With this product Domain Name indicates the field device name IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 0111 5 64 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A71 Link Active Scheduler A link active scheduler LAS is a deterministic centralized bus scheduler that can control communications on an H1 fieldbus segment There is only one LAS on an H1 fieldbus segment A ROTAMASS supports the following LAS functions PN transmission Identifies a fieldbus device newly connected to the same fieldbus segment PN is short for Probe Node transmission Passes a token governing the right to transmit to fieldbus device on the same seg ment PT is short for Pass Token CD transmission Carry out a scheduled transmission to a fieldbus device on the same segment CD is short for Compel Data Time synchronization Periodically transmits the time data to all fieldbus devices on the segment and returns the time data in response to a request from a device Live list equalization Sends the live list data to link masters on the same segment LAS transfer Transfers the right to be the LAS on the segment to another link master A72 Link Master A link master LM is any device containing a link acti
217. ing the device causes the device to start as an LM 7 CurrentLinkSettingRecord and Config uredLinkSettingsRecord CurrentLinkSettingRecord indicates the bus pa rameter settings currently used ConfiguredLink SettingsRecord indicates the bus parameter settings to be used when the device becomes the LAS Thus when a device is the LAS its Cur rentLinkSettingRecord and ConfiguredLinkSetting sRecord have the same values ids 1 SlotTime 2 V ST 2 PerDipduPhlOverhead 1 V PhLO MaxResponseDelay 1 V MRD 4 FirstUnpolledNodeld 1 V FUN 5 ThisLink 2 V TL 6 MinInterPduDelay 1 V MID 7 NumConsecUnpolledNodeld 1 V NUN 8 PreambleExtension 1 V PhPE 9 PostTransGapExtension 1 V PhGE 10 MaxInterChanSignalSkew 1 V PhlS 11 TimeSyncClass 1 V TSC 0608 5 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota 8 DimeBasicinfo Sub Size index Element bytes Description 1 SlotTime 2 the capability value for V ST of the device PerDIpduPhIOverhead 1 V PhLO MaxResponseDelay 1 Indicates the capability value for V MRD of the device 4 ThisNode 1 V TN node address ThisLink 2 V TL link id 6 MinInterPduDelay Indicates the capability value for V MID of the device 7 TimeSyncClass Indicates the capability value for V TSC of the device PreambleExtension 1
218. instruction des produits ATEX Ex sont disponibles en langue anglaise allemande et francaise Si vous n cessitez des instructions relatives aux produits Ex dans votre langue veuillez bien contacter votre repr sentant Yokogawa le plus proche Alle Betriebsanleitungen f r ATEX Ex bezogene Produkte stehen in den Sprachen Englisch Deutsch und Franz sisch zur Verf gung Sollten Sie die Betriebsanleitungen f r Ex Produkte in Ihrer Landessprache ben tigen setzen Sie sich bitte mit Ihrem rtlichen Yokogawa Vertreter in Verbindung Alla instruktionsb cker f r ATEX Ex explosionss kra produkter r tillg ngliga p engelska tyska och franska Om Ni beh ver instruktioner f r dessa explosionss kra produkter annat spr k skall Ni kontakta n rmaste Yokogawakontor eller representant Xevrovpytas TpoidvTwY pe ATEX Ex ota kar Tak Tov xpevaleote o nyies TAPAKANOVLE ETLKOLVUWVIOTE pe TANTLETTEPO THs Yokogawa TNS IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 1 4 9 G9 0 9 0 0 V etky n vody obsluhu pr stroje s ATEX Ex s k dispoz cii v jazyku anglickom nemeckom a franc zskom V pr pade potreby n vodu pre Ex pr stroje vo Va om n rodnom jazyku skontaktujte pros m
219. ity against sudden changes in the setpoint such as when the user enters a new setpoint value The I PD algorithm also ensures excellent controllabil ity by performing proportional integral and deriva tive control actions in response to changes of characteristics in the controlled process changes in load and occurrences of disturbances When the PID block is in Auto or RCas mode this I PD algorithm is used for control In Cas mode however the PV derivative type PID PI D algo rithm takes over since the response to setpoint changes is more important The control algorithm in use thus switches over automatically in line with the mode transitions The following shows the ba sic computation formulas of these algorithms PV proportional and derivative I PD control algorithm AMVn K APVn vn SPn 19 A APVn PV derivative PI D control algorithm AT Ti AMVn A PVn SPn PVn SPn 19 A APVn Where AMVn change in control output APVn change in measured controlled value PVn PVn 1 AT control period period_of_execution in Block Header K proportional gain GAIN 100 pro portional band Tl integral time RESET Tp derivative time RATE IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 The subscripts n and n 1 represent the time of sampling such that PVn and PVn 1 denote the PV value sampled most recently and the PV value sampled at the preceding co
220. kogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS 36 1036 BLOCK_ALM The block alarm is used for all configura tion hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the sub code has changed 37 1037 ALARM_SUM The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 38 1038 OPTION 0xffff AUTO 39 1039 WRITE_PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the alarm generated by clearing the write lock 0 1 3 to 15 40 1040 WRITE_ALM This alert is generated if the write lock pa rameter is cleared 41 1041 ITK VER 5 Version number of inter operability test by Fieldbus Foundation applied to Rotamass 42 1042 SOFT REV Rotamass software revision number 43 1043 SOFT_DESC Yokogawa internal use 44 1044 SIM ENABLE MSG Spaces AUTO Software switch for simulation function 45 1045 DEVICE STATUS 1 Device Status VRC setting etc 46 1046 DEVICE STATUS 2 Sensor failure etc 47 1047 DEVICE STATUS 3 Device status function block setting 48 1048 DEVICE STATUS
221. lay Maximum Response Set so that V 3 V Delay ST is 12 or greater V FUN First Unpolled Node Indicate the address next to the address range used by the host Set 0x15 or greater Unused address range Rotamass addess is factory set to 0xF6 Set this address to be within the range of BASIC device V Number of consecutive Unpolled Nodes in Figure 4 2 T0401 EPS 0x00 Not used 0x0F 0x10 Bridge device 0x13 0x14 LM device V FUN Unused V NUN V FUN V NUN Rotamass 0xF6 BASIC device OxF8 Default address OxFC Portable device address OxFF Note 1 LM device with bus control function Link Master function Note 2 BASIC device without bus control function F0403 EPS Figure 4 2 Available Address Range All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 4 GETTING STARTED 4 3 Power on of ROTAMASS and Bus Turn on the power to the host bus and ROTAMASS If any segments do not light or if a current anomaly occurs check the voltage of the power supply for the ROTAMASS Using the host device display function check that the ROTAMASS is in operation on the bus Unless otherwise specified the following settings are in effect when shipped from the factory PD tag FT1004 Node address 246 hexadecimal F6 Device ID 5945430000 xxxxxxxx total of 8 alphanumeric characters If no ROTAMA
222. le to German national standards Density adjustment thermal treatment accuracy 0 001 g cm only RCCT34 to 39 not with GA Custom 10 pts mass volume flow calibration using water with DAKKS certificate according EN 17025 2005 Density calibration with different fluids incl individual temperature compensation only RCCT34 to 39 not with GA with certificate accuracy 0 0005 g cm Certificates Certificate of compliance with the order acc to EN 10204 2004 2 1 As P2 Test report acc to EN 10204 2004 2 2 QIC Material certificate acc to EN 10204 2004 3 1 Pressure test report measuring system Oil and fat free for wetted surface acc to ASTM G93 03 level C WPS acc DIN EN ISO 15609 1 Welding Procedure Specification only for butt weld between process connection and flow WPQR acc DIN EN ISO 15614 1 Welder Performance Qualification Record divider not for material HC WQC acc DIN EN 287 1 Welder Qualification Certificate Sanitary Type Surface roughness Ra 0 8 um only RCCT34 to 39 not with RCCT34 K4 and RCCT34 K6 only process connections S2 S4 S8 As SF1 Test report roughness of wetted parts as SF1 As SF2 3A declaration of conformity and 3A mark as SF1 but not with process connection S2 As SF2 EHEDG certificate as SF1 but not with process connection S2 Customer Presetting Presetting sheet with customer data has to be issued with the order not with BT3 Housing Pressure Test Rupture pressure proof test
223. lowing three types of trends are possible 7 PV 8 OUT 19 FIELD VAL 3 Sample Type Specifies how trends are taken Choose one of the following 2 types 1 Sampled upon execution of a function block 2 The average value is sampled 4 Sample Interval Specifies sampling intervals in units of 1 32 ms Set integer multiple of the function block execution cycle 5 Last Update The last sampling time 6to 21 List of Status Status part of a sampled parameter 21 to 37 List of Samples Data part of a sampled parameter 0508 5 trend objects not factory set Table 5 9 Trend Objects Index Parameter 32000to TREND FLT 1 to 32007 TREND FLT 8 Factory Setting Notset Notset these paraneters are used wih a DI block or optional PID block TREND_DS 1 32009 TREND_DS 2 TOSO9 EPS IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 System Management Information Base SMIB Network Management Information Base NMIB Seres lt s Hoo 5 Fieldbus Cable ROTAMASS F0505 EPS Figure 5 5 Examle of Default Configuration 5 6 3 View Objects View objects are used to group parameters This reduces the load of data transactions Each ROTAMASS supports four view objects for each of the resource block transducer block six Al blocks two IT blocks and PID block optional Each view object contai
224. ly 2 Network definition Determines the PD tag and node addresses for all devices 3 Definition of combining function blocks Determines the method for combination be tween each function block 4 Setting tags and addresses Sets the PD Tag and node addresses one by one for each device 5 Communication setting Sets the link between communication param eters and function blocks 6 Block setting Sets the parameters for function blocks The following section describes each step of the procedure in the order given Using a dedicated configuration tool allows the procedure to be significantly simplified This section describes the procedure to be assigned for a host which has relatively simple functions Refer to Appendix 6 when the ROTAMASS is used as Link Master option 5 1 Network Design Select the devices to be connected to the Field bus network The following instruments are neces sary for operation of Fieldbus Power supply Fieldbus requires a dedicated power supply is recommended that current capacity be well over the total value of the maximum current consumed by all devices including the host All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 1 5 CONFIGURATION Conventional DC current cannot be used as power supply Terminator Fieldbus requires two terminators Refer to the supplier for details of terminators that are at tached to the host Field devices Connect the field
225. ms Integral type Terminator Rotamass Po Howmeter wer suppy AC or DC O FFout L o4 tO FFout N 0H no ot to 1 4 o Instrument o4 t Instrument F0404E EPS Remote type Terminator Instrument Lol 4 1 0 Feld Instrument FOCF31 Remote Cable ROCSS Converter Detector Connect d shields of cable pairs to COM terminal Outer shield Power supply AC or DC F0405E EPS 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 4 2 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 4 2 Host Setting To activate Fieldbus the following settings are required for the host A IMPORTANT Do not turn off the main power supply and fieldbus power supply immediately after setting When the parameters are saved to the EEPROM the redundant processing is executed for the improvement of reliability If the power is turned off within 60 seconds after setting is made the modified parameters are not saved and the set tings may return to the original values Table 4 2 Operation Parameters Symbol Parameter V ST Slot Time V MID Minimum Inter PDU Set 4 or greater value Description and Settings Set 4 or greater value De
226. n DD Revision Software Revision o NJ Q A nm Software Domain o 430 DOMAIN HEADER 2 Header Version Number 1 Header Size 44 Manufacturer ID 0x594543 Device Family DEV_TYPE of RB Device Type DEV_TYPE of RB Device Revision DEV_REV of RB DD Revision DD_REV of RB Software Revision SOFT_REV of RB Software Name ORIGINAL Domain Name Device name o O nm 10 440 DOMAIN Read write prohibited Get OD permitted 0108 5 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 62 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD A6 10 Comments on System Network Management VFD Parameters Relating to Software Download A IMPORTANT Do not turn off the power to a field device immediately after changing parameter settings Data writing actions to the EEPROM are dual redandant to ensure reliability If the power is turned off within 60 seconds after setup the parameters may revert to the previous settings 1 DWNLD PROPERTY Sub Element Size Description Index Bytes 1 Download Class 1 Indicates the download class 1 Class 1 2 Write Rsp Returned For 1 Indicates whether a write response is returned to the ACTIVATE ACTIVATE command 1 Write Response Returned 3 Write Rsp Returned For 1 Indicates whether a write response is return
227. n below Only one can be set Available Setting for SHED OPT Normal shed normal return Actions upon Computer Failure Sets MODE BLK actual to Cas and leaves MODE BLK target unchanged Normal shed no return Sets both MODE BLK actual and MODE BLK target to Cas Shed to Auto normal return Sets MODE BLK actual to Auto and leaves MODE BLK target unchanged Shed to Auto no return Sets both MODE BLK actual and MODE BLK target to Auto Shed to Manual normal return Sets MODE BLK actual to Man and leaves MODE BLK target unchanged Shed to Manual no return Sets both MODE BLK actual and MODE BLK target to Man Shed to retained target normal return If Cas is in MODE BLK target sets MODE BLK actual to Cas and leaves MODE BLK target unchanged If Cas is not in MODE BLK target sets MODE BLK actual to Auto and leaves MODE BLK target unchanged Shed to retained target no return If Cas is set in MODE BLK target sets both MODE BLK actual and MODE BLK target to Cas If Cas is not set MODE BLK target sets MODE BLK actual to Auto and MODE BLK target to Cas TA0510 EPS IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 54 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa The modes to which a PID block can transfer are limited to those set in MODE BLK permit ted and the priority levels of modes are as shown
228. n types for standard depending on process connection type others on request IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 14 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Remote Detector RCCS34 39 IR with option TL Insulation Heating 11 5 Process connection Heating connection option T2 or T3 Ventilation option T3 9 Note The flange dimensions depend on size and pressure rating of the flange ow o D o m n m r ws T vem Dimensions in mm Weights with smallest and biggest flanges including insulation cover and heat tracing Standard heating connection according table 10 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 15 IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS MODEL SUFFIX AND OPTION CODES Integral Type RCCT3 Model and Suffix Code 4 Nominal Value 50kg min RCCT36 Nominal Value 10t h 170 kg min RCCT38 Nominal Value 32 t h 533 kg min RCCT39 Nominal Value 100 t h 1670 kg min RCCT39 IR Nominal Value 250 t h 4170 kg min RCCT39 XR Nominal Value 500 t h 8340 kg min Power supply A 90 264 V AC D 24V DC Indicator direction Detector installation horizontal tubes down recom for liquid service Detector installation horizontal tubes up recommended for gas service GA Detector installation vertical Without indicator Cable con
229. nary Variable 9 TEMPERATUR VALUE FTIME Relative Index 39 Defines the damping time constant for the temperature to be input to the temperature calculation All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 19 5 CONFIGURATION Setting range 0 1 to 200 seconds Default 3 seconds Parameters for flow direction 10 FLOW DIRECTION Relative Index 67 Defines the direction of the flow and deter mines the sign of the calculated flow rate values Setting range Forward Reverse Default Forward 11 BI DIRECTION Relative Index 68 Enables the ROTAMASS to measure the flow in bi or uni direction mode The sign of the calculated flow rate values depends on the flow direction Setting range Bi Direction Uni Direction Default Bi Direction Parameters for local Display 12 DISP SELECT 1 Relative Index 50 Selects the data to be displayed on the first line of the LCD indicator as follows Default Massflow 1 OUT Massflow Actual mass flow rate 2 12 OUT Volumeflow Actual volume flow rate OUT Density Actual density value 4 Al4 OUT Temperature Actual temperature value 5 15 OUT Conc Meas Actual calculated concentration value 6 AI6 OUT Netflow Actual net flow rate 7 T1 OUT IT1 Integrator 1 totalized value 8 IT2 OUT IT2 Integrator 2 totalized value 9 VELOCITY Actual medium s velocity IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th e
230. netflow 16 Index 0 Index 15 4400 16 4500 Parameter Name Block Header Factory Default TAG Al5 or 6 Write Mode Block Tag OS Explanation Information on this block such as Block Tag DD Revision Execution Time etc 1 4401 4501 ST_REV 0 The revision level of the static data associated with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed 4402 4502 TAG_DESC spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the block 4403 4503 STRATEGY AUTO The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 4404 4504 ALERT_KEY AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 4405 4505 MODE_BLK AUTO AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 4406 4506 BLOCK_ERR This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown 4407 4507 PV Either the primary analog value for use in executing the function or a process value associated with it May also be calculated from the READBACK value of an AO block 4408 4508 OUT 0 Val
231. nit into that based on seconds TIME_UNIT1 input1 sec 1 increment1 min 60 gt 3 block execution time kg hour hour 3600 kg s kg day 86400 Standardizes the unit of N IN_2 to that of IN_1 Because Ib s is converted into kg s in this example the input Converts the unit into 2 value is multiplied by 0 453 that based on seconds 11b 0 453 kg TIME UNIT2 input2 sec 1 increment2 min 60 F x conversion factor _ gt execution time Ib min hour 3600 Ib s Conversion factor kg s kg lb pounds day 86400 0 453 in this example FA0202 EPS Figure A2 2 Increment Calculation with Rate Input All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 17 01 04 05 00 th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 4 2 3 Converting Accumulation This following describes an example of accumulation conversion In accumulation conversion the difference between the value executed previously and the value ex ecuted this time is integrated or accumulated This conversion applies when the output of a function block used as a counter is input to the input pro cess of the Integrator block In order to convert the rate of change of an input to a value with an engineering unit the user must configure the factor of conversion to the appro priate engineering unit in t
232. non dimensional value 1342 1 42 FF GAIN 0 MAN Gain for FF VAL 43 UPDATE EVT Same as that for an Al block 44 BLOCK Same as that for an Al block 45 ALARM SUM Enable Same as that for an Al block 46 OPTION 0 Same as that for an Al block 47 ALARM HYS 0 5 0 to 50 Hysteresis for alarm detection and resetting to prevent each alarm from occurring and recovering repeatedly within a short time 48 HI_HI_PRI 0 01015 Priority order of HI HI ALM alarm 49 HI HI 1 INF PV SCALE Setting for HI ALM alarm 50 HI PHI 0 01015 Priority order of HI ALM alarm HI LIM 1 INF PV SCALE Setting for ALM alarm 52 LO PRI 0 Oto 15 Priority order of LO ALM alarm 53 LO LIM 1 amp INF PV SCALE Setting for LO alarm 54 10 LO 0 01015 Priority order of LO LO ALM alarm 55 1 INF PV SCALE Setting for LO LO ALM alarm 56 DV HI PHI 0 01015 Priority order of DV HI ALM alarm 57 DV HI LIM 1 INF Setting for DV ALM alarm 58 LO PHI 0 01015 Priority order of DV_LO_ALM alarm 59 DV_LO_LIM 1 INF Setting for DV LO ALM alarm 60 ALM Alarm that is generated when the value has exceeded the HI value and whose priority order is defined in HI HI PHI Priority order Only one alarm is generated at a time When two or more alarms occur at the same time the alarm having the highest priority order is generated When the PV v
233. ns a group of the param eters listed in Tables 5 11 to 5 14 Table 5 10 Purpose of Each View Object Description VIEW 1 Set of dynamic parameters required by operator for plant operation PV SV OUT Mode etc VIEW 2 Set of static parameters which need to be shown to plant operator at once Range etc VIEW 3 Set of all the dynamic parameters VIEW 4 Set of static parameters for configuration or maintenance 0510 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Table 5 11 View Objects for Resource Block Relative VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Index Parameter Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 1 ST REV 2 2 2 2 2 TAG_DESC 3 STRATEGY 2 4 ALERT KEY 1 5 MODE BLK 6 BLOCK ERR 7 RS_STATE 8 TEST_RW 9 DD_RESOURCE 10 ID 4 11 DEV_TYPE 2 12 DEV_REV 1 13 DD_REV 1 14 GRANT DENY 2 15 HARD TYPES 2 16 RESTART 17 FEATURES 2 18 FEATURE SEL 2 19 CYCLE TYPE 1 20 CYCLE SEL 1 21 MIN_CYCLE_T 22 MEMORY SIZE 23 NV CYCLE T 24 FREE SPA CE 25 FREE TIME 4 4 26 SHED_RCAS 27 SHED_ROUT 28 FAIL_SAFE 1 29 SET_FSAFE 30 CLR_FSAFE 31 MAX NOTIFY 4 32 LIM NOTIFY 33 CONFIRM TIME 34 WRITE LOCK 1 35 UPDATE EVT 36 BLOCK ALM 3T ALARM SUM 8 8 38 ACK OPTION 2 39 WRITE PRI 40 WRITE ALM 41 ITK VER 42 SOFT_R
234. nsity value on the LCD display 57 2057 DISP DECIMAL TEMPERATURE xxxxx X The decimal point position of the temperature value on the LCD display 58 2058 DISP DECIMAL CONCENTR MEAS xxxx XX The decimal point position of the concentration measurement value on the LCD display 59 2059 5 DECIMAL NET FLOW xxxx XX The decimal point position of the net flow value on the LCD display 60 2060 DISP_DECIMAL 111 xxxxx XX The decimal point position of the OUT value of IT1 block on the LCD display 61 2061 DISP DECIMAL IT2 The decimal point position of the OUT value of IT2 block on the LCD display 62 2062 DISP_IT1_UNITS_INDEX None The unit index of the OUT value of IT1 block on the LCD display 63 2063 DISP_IT2_UNITS_INDEX None The unit index of the OUT value of IT2 block on the LCD display 64 2064 DISP_CONTRAST 4 The contrast of the LCD display 65 2065 DISP_PERIOD 15 The update cycle of the LCD display 66 2066 DISP_LANGUAGE English The language on the LCD display 67 2067 FLOW_DIRECTION Forward O s Direction of flow 68 2068 DIRECTION Bi direction O S Selects the Bi direction mode bi direction uni direction 69 2069 ZERO TIME 3 min O S Defines the execution time of the autozero function 70 2070 ZERO EXE Not Execute O S A user can execute the autozero performing by this parameter After autozero execution is completed this value returns to Not Execute aut
235. nt VFD 5 5 1 VCR Setting Set VCR Virtual Communication Relationship which specifies the called party for communication and resources Each ROTAMASS has 33 VCRs whose application can be changed except for the first VCR which is used for management Each ROTAMASS has VCRs of four types Server QUB VCR A server responds to requests from a host This communication needs data exchange This type of communication is called QUB Queued User triggered Bidirectional VCR Source QUU VCR A source multicasts alarms or trends to other devices This type of communication is called QUU Queued User triggered Unidirectional VCR Publisher BNU VCR A publisher multicasts outputs of the Al blocks IT blocks and PID block to other function blocks This type of communication is called BNU Buffered Network triggered Unidirection al VCR Subscriber BNU VCR A subscriber receives output of another func tion block s by PID block Each VCR has the parameters listed in Table 5 4 Parameters must be changed together for each IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 VCR because modification for each parameter may cause a contradiction Table 5 4 VCR Static Entry Sub index 1 Parameter FasArTypeAndRole Description Indicates the type and role of communication VCR The following 4 types are used for the Rotamass 0x32 Server Responds to requests from host Source Transmits alarm or trend
236. ntrol period respec tively A5 4 2 PID Control Parameters The table below shows the PID control param eters Parameter Description Valid Range GAIN Proportional gain 0 05 to 20 RESET Integral time 0 1 to 10 000 seconds RATE Derivative time 0 to infinity seconds 0503 5 5 5 Control Output The final control output value MV is computed based on the change in control output DMVn which is calculated at each control period in ac cordance with the aforementioned algorithm The PID block in a ROTAMASS performs the velocity type output action for the control output A5 5 1 Velocity Type Output Action The PID block determines the control output OUT value by adding the change in control out put calculated in the current control period AMVn to the value read back from the output destination BKCAL IN This velocity type output action can be expressed as OUT BKCAL IN where AMVn is AMVn scaled based on PV_ SCALE and OUT SCALE Note MV indicates the PID computation result A5 6 Direction of Control Action The direction of the control action is determined by the Direct Acting setting in CONTROL OPTS Value of Direct Acting Resulting Action True The output increases when the input PV is greater than the setpoint SP False The output decreases when the input PV is greater than the setpoint SP 0504 5 All Rights Reserved Copyri
237. nused bit Bit 12 unused bit 0 Bit 11 unused bit 0 Bit 10 unused bit 0 Bit 9 unused bit 0 Bit 8 PID 0 Bit 7 IT2 0 Bit 6 IT1 0 Bit 5 16 0 Bit 4 Al5 0 Bit 3 Al4 0 Bit 2 AI3 0 Bit 1 AI2 A 24 W 22 W 42 W52 0 Bit 0 AI1 A 23 W 21 W 41 W51 0 0303 5 These default bit statuses comprise Oxxxxx as the default value of ALARM PERFORM IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 44 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION BLOCKS APPENDIX 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION BLOCKS A4 1 Al Function Block Transducer OUT FA0401 EPS Figure A4 1 Input Output of Al Block Cutoff Filter rT PV LOW CUT Direct Output OUT Alarms HI LO FA0402 EPS CHANNEL Figure 4 2 Function Diagram of Block Calculation of Output value FIELD VAL Value 100 TB value XD SCALE EUO XD SCALE EU100 SCALE EUO Al Parameter L Relative Index 16 Direct PV Value OUT Value TB value Indirect PV Value OUT Value FIELD VAL Value 100 OUT SCALE EU100 OUT SCALE EUO OUT SCALE EUO Indirect Sqr Root PV Value OUT Value VAL Value 100 OUT SCALE EU100 OUT SCALE EUO OUT SCALE EUO All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 45 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDI
238. oading file for each of the Current during FlashROM blanking time target field devices Max 24 mA additional to steady state d For the software download tool use only a program Based on Fieldbus Foundation Specification developped for that purpose For details see the Download class Class 1 software s User s Manual For information about updates of software binary files for field devices AN and how to obtain them visit the following web site NOTE http www yokogawa com fld fld top en htm Class 1 devices can continue the specified measurement and or control actions even while software is being downloaded to them Upon CAUTION completion of a download however the de vices will be reset internally to make the new downloaded software take effect and this will halt fieldbus communication and function block executions for about one minute Do not hook up the software download tool to a fieldbus segment while the plant is in operation as it may temporarily disturb the communication Always connect the tool before starting operation All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 57 IM 01R04B05 00E E th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD AN NOTE The download tool can not execute download ing during other system connects to the system network management VFD of the device A6 4 Software Download Sequence The flowchart below outlines the software down load proce
239. ocessor failed E 04 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center DSP Failure E 05 Error DSP Microprocessor failed E 05 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center Serial Com Failure1 E 11 Error Serial communication 1 failed E 11 Remedy Contact the nearest pos or service center Serial Com Failure2 E 12 Error Serial communication 2 failed E 12 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 75 01 04 05 00 th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 8 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM FIELDMATE AND PRM Figure A8 2 Transducer Status 2 DeviceViewer FT3004 DJ xj File Mode View Settings 359 Device Path Built in Connection Device Tag FT3004 Diagnostic Information Trend Information r Alarm Display Diagnostic Parameter List EEPROM 03 EEPROM Failure E 03 CPU Failure E 04 DSP Failure E 05 Serial Com Error1 E 11 Serial Error2 E 12 e Frequency Failure E 01 Signal Failure E 02 o Sensor 1 Signal Failure E 06 L Sensor 2 Signal Failure E 07 taz C Q maik Parameter List Title Parameter Name Value Unit Quality Mass Flow Value 01 55 FL 0 000000 th Bad Sensor Fa Volume
240. ock mode MODE BLK back to Auto Note 2 0201 5 Note 1 Block mode consists of the following four modes that are controlled by the universal parameter that displays the running condition of each block Target Sets the operating condition of the block Actual Indicates the current operating condition Permit Indicates the operating condition that the block is allowed to take Indicates the operating condition that the block will usually take Note 2 The followings are the operating conditions which the individual blocks will take Normal Al Function Transducer Resource Blocks Block Block Automatic Auto Yes Yes Yes Manual Man Yes Out of Service Yes Yes Yes O S 0202 5 Note Refer to Appendix 1 List of parameters for each block of 5 for details of the Write Mode for each block IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 28 A2 3 Setting the Al Func tion Blocks Each ROTAMASS contains six Al function blocks to Al6 having independent parameters Set up the parameters of each Al block you use indi vidually as necessary The block performs the mass flow rate output calculation 1 1 Setting the calibration rang Access the SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of XD SCALE Set the upper range limit in EU at 100 of XD SCALE Set the lower range limit in EU at 0 of XD SCALE
241. okogawa APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE S n1V1S 9 1094 ava SNLWLS oyioeds ava snivis oyloads ava SNLWLS 9yioeds ava SNLWLS AS ava SNLYLS Ad jo orezoiny 1940 HH3 59018 JO INO uud 9079 SPON S O u SH Lev 40 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE 9 JO INO Qv8 lt 5 1 15 9 40 SNLWLS o9IAJ8S JO INO SNLWLS AOI INO QV8 SNLWLS 5 Jo INO dV SNLVLS 8 5 Jo QV8 SNLWLS 99IAI8S JO HH3 S O u IV S O u Spol S O U LIV SpoN S O u g IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 41 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE Jo Aeldsidi ES POW S O u 9poIN S O u ZLI S O U LLI eM eM eM Lv SpoN S O u 9IV 8ev S O SIV 9ev S O u All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 42 2014 00 IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 APP
242. omatically The execution time is defined by AUTO_ ZERO_TIME 2071 AUTO_ZERO_VALUE Set after adjust Indicates the result value of the autozero ment execution 72 2072 ZERO FLUCTUATION Set after adjust Indicates the factory autozero range ment 73 2073 AZ INIT MASS FLOW Set after adjust Indicates the last autozero value for mass ment flow 74 2074 7 INIT DENSITY Set after adjust Indicates the density at the last autozero for ment mass flow 75 2075 AZ INIT TEMP Set after adjust Indicates the temperature at the last ment autozero for mass flow 76 2076 MASS FLOW FIX VAL SEL Inhibit O S This parameter enables the function of MASS FLOW FIXED VALUE When the value is Inhibit the function of MASS FLOW FIXED VALUE does not perform When the value is Enable the function of MASS FLOW FIXED VALUE performs 77 2077 MASS FLOW FIXED VALUE 0 0 t h O S This parameter indicates a fix mass flow value The set value is added to the autozero value 78 2078 DENSITY FIX VAL SEL Inhibit O S This parameter enables the function of REFERENCE DENSITY When the value is Inhibit the function does not perform When the value is Enabled the function performs If gas measurement GA is ordered this parameter is Enabled IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 10 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMAS
243. on with factory insulation Temp Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process Max ambient Max process class temperature temperature temperature temperature temperature temperature T6 40 C 104 F 40 C 104 F 65 C 149 C 65 C 149 F 50 C 122 F 65 C 149 C T5 55 C 131 F 55 C 131 F 75 C 167 F 75 C 167 F 50 C 122 F 80 C 176 F T4 41 2 zd 70 C 158 F 115 C 239 F 50 C 122 F 115 C 239 T3 1 MA eds eo 70 C 158 F 180 C 356 F 50 C 122 F 150 C 302 F T2 80 C 176 F 220 C 428 F 65 C 149 F 275 C 527 F T1 45 C 113 F 350 C 662 F For customer insulation of RCCS30 to 39 XR the following must be regarded The table with factory insulation is calculated with 80 mm insulation and k factor 0 4 W m K If your insulation data are worse than these use table without insulation All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 3 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Flame proof Ex d relevant threads at converter housing and covers 1 F94 EPS eS quality of pitch 12 acc ISO 965 1 and ISO 965 3 2 acc ANSI 1 20 1 If terminal enclosure is used as Ex e the threads 2 and 3 in above table must be not regarded Marking of Ex d covers The cover with glass window is marked inside with an label as shown below
244. ons from being affected when it is Uncertain Use Uncertain as Good Target to Manual if BAD IN Automatically changes the value of MODE BLK target to MAN when IN falls into Bad status Target to next permitted mode if BAD CAS IN Automatically changes the value of MODE BLK target to Auto or to Man if Auto is not set in Permitted when CASLIN falls into Bad status 0509 5 5 16 Auto Fallback Auto fallback denotes an action in which a PID block changes mode from CAS cascade to AUTO automatic and continues automatic PID control with the user set setpoint Auto fallback takes place automatically when the following con dition is met e N status data status of IN is Bad except when the control action bypass is on To enable the manual fallback action to take place when the above condition is met Target to next permitted mode if BAD CAS IN must be previously specified STATUS _ OPTS AND e AUTO must be previously set in MODE permitted A5 17 Mode Shedding upon Computer Fai lure When the data status of RCAS IN or ROUT IN which is the setting received from a computer as the setpoint SP falls to Bad while the PID block is running in the RCAS remote cascade or ROUT remote output mode the mode shedding occurs in accordance with the settings in SHED A5 171 SHED OPT The SHED OPT setting stipulates the specifica tions of mode shedding as show
245. option FF3 Housing explosion proof AEx d ia IIC Class Zone 1 T6 Class Division 1 Groups A B C D Class I Division 1 Groups C D with option HP Class II III Division 1 Groups E F G IP67 NEMA 4X Ambient temperature range 40 C to 50 C Temperature classification The remote converter RCCF31 has a T6 temperature class rating for operation at ambient temperature up to 50 C 122 F IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 Standard 50 to 150 C 58 F to 302 F with option LT 200 C to 150 C 328 F to 302 F with option MT RCCS30LR 33 50 to 260 C 58 F to 500 F with option MT RCCx34 39 XR 50 C to 220 C 58 F to 428 F with option HT 0 C to 350 C 32 F to 662 F Electrical data Remote converter RCCF31 and converter of Integral type Driving circuit terminals D D Uo 14 5 V lo 47 mA Po 0 171 W Lo 15 mH Co 0 65 uF Driving circuit terminals D D with option HP Uo 11 7 V lo 124 mA Po 0 363 W Lo 8 mH 10 3 pF Sensor circuits terminals 51 S1 or 52 S2 Uo 14 5 V lo 47 mA Po 0 363 W Lo 15 mH 0 65 uF Temperature sensor circuit terminals TP1 TP2 TP3 Uo 13 3 V lo 40 mA Po 0 133 W Lo 20 mH Co 0 91 uF Electrical data Remote detector RCCS30 33 Driving circuit terminals D and D Ui 16 V li 58 mA Pi 0 212 W Li 4
246. ousing Ex d The kind of protection of the terminal enclosure is e but can become d by using Ex d certified cable glands Electrical data remote detector RCCS30LR 33 Driving circuit terminals D D Ex ib IIC Ui 16 V li 53 mA Pi 0 212 W Li 4 2 mH Ci small Ex ib IIB Ui 16 V li 153 mA Pi 0 612 W Li 4 2 mH Ci negl small Sensor circuits terminals S1 S1 52 S2 Ex ib IIC Ui 16 V li 80 mA Pi 0 32 W Li 4 2 mH Ci negl small Temp sensor circuit terminals TP1 TP2 TP3 Ex ib IIC Ui 2 16V li 50 mA Pi 0 2 W Li negligible small Ci negligible small Electrical data remote detector RCCS34 39 XR Driving circuit terminals D D ExibllC Ui 2 16 V li 58 mA Pi 0 212 W Li 3 2 mH Ci negligible small Ex ib IIB Ui 16 V li 153 mA Pi 0 612 W Li 3 2 mH Ci negligible small Sensor circuits terminals S1 S1 or S24 S2 Ex ib IIC Ui 16 V li 80 mA Pi 0 32 W Li 2 1 mH Ci negligible small Temp sensor circuit terminals TP1 TP2 TP3 ib IIC Ui 16 V li 50 mA Pi 0 2 W Li negligible small Ci negligible small All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Electrical data remote converter RCCF31 and converter of intergral type RCCT3 Driving circuit terminals D D Ex ib IIC Uo 14 5 V lo 47 mA 0 171 W Lo 15 m
247. ower supply is 250V For DC version maximum power supply is 28 8V DC Install in accordance with NFPA 70 Max cable length of remote cable 300m 999ft Connect inner shields of remote cable together to COM terminal on converter side Connect outer shield of remote cable on both sides to case by cable gland The installation must be in accordance with the national electrical code NFPA70 article 504 to 510 and ANSI ISA RP 12 06 01 The non intrinsically safe terminals must not be connected to any device that uses or generates more than 250Vrms or dc unless it has been determined that the voltage was adequately isolated Installation must be in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code when installed in Canada WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety ee s Title FM US C CONTROL DRAWING 18028 ROTAMASS REMOTE TYPE 25 4 13 R chel Schm ENESIETIL vokocawa RCCF31 RcCCS3 a 79664 Wehr Germany oana e usse oa 8300027 Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 17 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 3 IECEx In this section further requirements and differences for explosion proof type instrument are described For explosion proof type instrument the descrip tion in this chapter is prior to other d
248. owmeter Please check applicable description We confirm that there is no risk to man or enviroment through any residual liquid containes in this flowmeter Date Signature Company stamp 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 1 6 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 1 INTRODUCTION Receiver Sender PROFORMA INVOICE for Third party Countries Ref REPAIR for serial no We are sending following type of article via forwarding agent Yusen Air Raunheim Frankfurt Item Article Unit Price Total Price Type MS Code ____ nominal value Charges for airworthy packing and delivery FOB Total value Value for customs purpose only current value Gross weight kg Net weight kg Customs Tariff No Country og origin Federal Republic of Germany Delivery note 2 fold accompanies the goods SPECIMEN Certificate Company Address Department Name Telephone Fax The attached flow meter Type Order or Serial No has been operated with following liquids Because the liquid is water endangering toxic caustic flammable we have LI checked that all cavities in the flowmeter are free from such substances flushed out and neutralised all cavities in the flowmeter Please check applicable description We confirm that there is no risk to man or enviroment through any residual liquid containes in this flowmeter Date
249. ox 10070 Manama Building 577 Road 2516 Busaiteen 225 Muharraq Bahrain www yokogawa com bh IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 Yokogawa has an extensive sales and distribution network Please refer to the European website www yokogawa com eu to contact your nearest representative YOKOGAWA All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa Subject to change without notice
250. part of the YOKOGAWA Sizing software Sanitary Applications For sanitary applications select process connection S2 S4 or S8 The wetted surface will be Ra lt 1 However if option 5 is selected the surface roughness will be lt 0 8um and with SF2 a certificate with a 3 point roughness measurement is delivered The EHEDG certificate shows that ROTAMASS conforms to the EHEDG criteria regarding the capability to be cleaned by a CIP process The evaluation does not include the process connections and seals All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Cavitation To avoid cavitation keep the back pressure of the fluid sufficiently above the vapor pressure of the fluid For low viscous fluids following condition should be fulfilled at the given temperature Prack gt Pyapor 0 7 Ap With Ap pressure loss e g given by the Yokogawa sizing software Long Term Stability To get stable deflection of the tubes by the coriolis forces the stiffness and therefore the wall thickness has to kept constant during measuring With corrosion or erosion the meter factor is drifting with time and recalibration is necessary Select the suitable resistant tube material for the process Recalibration Service Yokogawa offers via its European Flow Centre Rota Yokoga wa Germany full recalibration service if necessary with a certificate traceable to German national standards Please contact
251. pe e g KFx with KS1 2 For detailed information please see TI 01R04B04 04E E Option K6 of RCCS3 is recommended with concentration measurement 9 If no instruction manual is selected only a DVD with instruction manuals is shipped with the instrument More than 3 manuals of one language on request 9 RCCF31 in combination with RCCS39 XR with gas application GA can also be ordered without HP Remote Cable RCCY03 Model Suffix and Option Code Suffix Code Option Description Restrictions Code RCCY031 Length in max ambient temperature 70 C with FFx FS1 50 C RCCY032 Length in max ambient temperature 70 C with FFx or FS1 50 C RCCY033 Length in max ambient temperature 105 C with FFx or FS1 85 C RCCY034 Length in max ambient temperature 105 C with FFx or FS1 85 C Cable ends 0 termination with one termination 1 Terminated Cable length LOL Enter the length max 300m 999ft the following lengths can be ordered e g 3m 1003 RCCYO31 0 3m 5m 10m 15m 30m 50m 100m 150m 200m 250m 300m RCCYO31 1 3m 5m 10m 15m 30m 50m RCCY032 0 10ft 15ft 5Oft 100ft 150ft 5OOft 1000ft RCCYO32 1 10ft 15ft 30ft 5Oft 100ft 150ft RCCY033 0 3m 5m 10m 15m 30m 50m 100m 150m 300m RCCYO33 1 3m 5m 10m 15m 30m 50m RCCY034 0 10ft 15ft 5Oft 100ft 150ft 3008 5OOft 1000ft RCCY034 1 10ft 15ft 5Oft 100ft 150ft Options Hazardous ar
252. pecified by Concentr Meas Unit in TB Factory set As specified by OUT SCALE Units Index of AI5 Format As specified by the parameter DISP DECIMAL CONCENTRATION As specified by the paameter DISP DECIMAL CONCENTRATION NETFLOWRATE option Cxx All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa L TYPE of AIG DIRECT INDIRECT Value OUr Value of AIG OUT Value of AI6 scaled based on XD SCALE and OUT SCALE Unit Format As specified by XD SCALE Units Index of 16 As specified by the parameter DISP_DECIMAL_NET_FLOW As specifiedby OUT SCALE Units Index of 16 As specifiedby the parameter DISP_DECIMAL_NET_FLOW 0203 A 31 IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS m r DANK Page 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 32 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE 1 Parameter Values upon Failure See table on next pages All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 33 IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE snes qvg einieJ Ndu HH3 einjre4 105495 qva SniviS1n0 105495 GVE SNLW
253. played on the LCD indica tor as follows see DISP DECIMAL MASS FLOW 20 DISP DECIMAL IT1 Relative Index 60 Selects the format of the interator 1 value to be displayed on the LCD indicator as follows 1 xxxxxxxx No decimal point 8 digits 2 1 digit after DP resolution 2 digit after DP resolution 4 3 digit after DP resolution 5 xxx XXXX 4 digit after DP resolution 6 xx XXXXX 5 digit after DP resolution 7 6 digit after DP resolution 21 DISP DECIMAL IT2 Relative Index 61 Selects the format of the interator 2 value to be displayed on the LCD indicator as follows see DISP DECIMAL IT1 22 DISPLAY CONTRAST Relative Index 64 Sets the display contrast of the LCD indi cator Setting range 0 to 23 Default 4 23 DISPLAY PERIOD Relative Index 65 Sets the display refresh cycle of the LCD indicator Setting range 0 55 1sec 2sec Default 1sec 24 DISPLAY LANGUAGE Relative Index 66 Sets the display language for the indica tion of error alarms and warning on the LCD indicator Setting range English German French Default English All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 CONFIGURATION 25 VELOCITY_UNITS_INDEX Relative Index 49 Defines the unit of the medium velocity in the tube Velocity is zero if gas measure ment is selected Setting range m s ft s Default m s Parame
254. ply to the PT 4 CD transmission Transmits a CD Compel Data message at the scheduled times 5 Time synchronization Supports periodic TD Time Distribution transmissions and transmissions of a reply to a CT Compel Time 6 Domain download Sets the schedule data The server schedule data can be equalized only when the Domain Download command is carried out from outside the LM in question The version of the schedule is usually monitored but no action takes place even when it changes 7 list equalization Transmits SPDU messages to LMs to equalize live lists 8 LAS transfer Transfers the right of being the LAS to another LM 9 Reading writing of See Section A6 5 NMIB for LM 10 Round Trip Delay Not yet supported in the current Reply RR version Reply to DLPDU 11 Long address Not yet supported in the current version TA0604 EPS All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 67 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A75 LM Parameters A7 5 1 LM Parameter List The tables below show LM parameters of a ROTAMASS Meanings of Access column entries RW read write possible R read only cn Parameter Name Sub Name Access Remarks 362 DLME_LINK_MAST
255. recautions or with specific WARNINGS given elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the instrument Yokogawa assumes liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements If this instru ment is used in a manner not specified in this manual the protection provided by this instru ment may be impaired The following safety symbol marks are used in this user s manual and instrument A WARNING A WARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls at tention to procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in injury or death of personnel AS CAUTION A CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls at tention to procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product A IMPORTANT An IMPORTANT sign denotes that attention is required to avoid damage to the instrument or system failure A NOTE A NOTE sign denotes information necessary for essential understanding of operation and fea tures IM 01R04B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 1 INTRODUCTION Protective grounding terminal Functional grounding terminal This terminal should not be used as a pro tective grounding terminal i Alternating current Direct current 11 Using the Coriolis Flowmeter Safely
256. rip output is made IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 20 0203 5 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 4 5 Output Process A1 4 5 1 Status Determination The same criteria for determining the status of the output of the Integrator block are used in common for the above three parameters There are the following three output parameters 1 OUT 2 OUT TRIP 3 OUT PTRIP Parameters OUT TRIP and OUT are used only when is a value from 1 to 4 In case of Integrator block related memory failed the status of OUT TRIP OUT PTRIP becomes Bad Device Failure Bad Uncertain GOOD n gt PCT INCL 0 UNCERT LIM GOOD LIM 100 1003 1 msp of RTotal msp of ATotal msp of RTotal RTotal value that is converted into short floating point number msp of ATotal ATotal value that is converted into a short floating point number RTotal Integrated value of the absolute values of the increments whose status is bad ATotal Integrated value of the absolute values of the increments regardless of the output status FA0204 EPS Figure 2 4 Status of OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP Outputs OUT Value OUT_TRIP Status and OUT_PTRIP Status are determined by the ratio of the GOOD integrated values to all integrated values which is stored in PCT_INCL 0 to100
257. rm B1 for A type flanges ANSI 150 Ibs for J type flanges JIS DN15 10K Max pressure PN 40 Protection class IP54 install roof protected For fluid temperatures below 70 C select option LT Calibration for Liquids and Gases The ROTAMASS flowmeters are always factory calibrated with water Calibration Conditions Water 22 5 12 5 C Ambient temperature 22 5 C 12 5 C Process pressure 1 to 2 bar abs Installation RCCSSOLR to 38 vertical RCC 39 to 5739 horizontal All specifications are based on above mentioned calibration reference conditions a flow calibration protocol is attached to each instrument Special Calibrations Mass Volume flow calibration with factory certificate option K2 Calibration with water at customer specified flow values according calibration order sheet Mass Volume flow calibration with DAkkS certificate EN17025 option K5 Calibration with water at customer specified flow values according calibration order sheet Density calibration with factory certificate option K6 Adjustment and check with 3 different fluids fluid temperature influence adjustment for low ambient temperature influence and thermal treatment for long term density measurement stability improved temperature measurement accuracy see also page 12 Dual Seal Approval Option DS Conform with ANSI ISA 12 27 01 To be ordered if compliance with ANSI ISA 12 2701 is
258. rmer indicates an original file and the latter an update file Whenever performing a download to update the device revision obtain the original file In general an addition to the parameters or blocks requires a device revision update A6 6 Steps after Activating a Field Device When the communication with a field device has recovered after activating the device check using the download tool that the software revision of the field device has been updated accordingly The value of SOFT_REV of the resource block indicates the software revision The PD tag node address and transducer block calibration parameters that are retained in the nonvolatile memory inside the target device will remain unchanged after a software download However after a software update which causes an addition to the block parameters or blocks or to the system network management VFD parameters some parameters may be reset to the defaults thus requiring parameter setup and engineering again For details see the table below Also note that a change in the number of parameters or blocks requires the DD and capabilities files corresponding to the new software revision Table A6 1 Actions after Software Update Contents of Software Update Action Does not change the number Re setup of parameters not of parameters needed Adds a block parameter Setup of the added parameter needed Adds a block Reengineering and setup of the added block s param
259. rol For AC version maximum power supply is 250V AC For DC version maximum power supply is 28 8V DC The installation must be in accordance with the national electrical code NFPA70 article 504 to 510 and ANSI ISA RP 12 06 01 The non intrinsically safe terminals must not be connected to any device that uses or generates more than 250Vrms or dc unless it has been determined that the voltage was adequately isolated Installation must be in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code when installed in Canada WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety DATE NAME TITEL 05972005 Butz FM CSA CONTROL DRAWING ROTAMASS RCCT3 c 5 3 07 Butz R b 1 9 05 Butz R YOKOGAWA No a 79664 WEHR Rev UPDATE No DATE EDITOR CHECKED GERMANY 8300026 Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 15 IM 01R04B05 00E E th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Hazardous Locations Remote Detector RCCS3 Class Division 1 Groups A B C D Class and III Division 1 Groups E F G Remote Converter RCCF31 Class Division 1 Groups A B C D or Class 1 Zone 1 Group IIC Class Division 1 Groups C D or Class 1 Zone 1 Group IIB option HP Class and III Division 1 Groups E F G
260. ruments in hazardous areas The protective grounding terminal must be connected to a suitable IS grounding system Avoid mechanical generated sparks while working on the equipment and peripherally devices in hazardous areas FOUNDATION is a registered trademark of Field bus FOUNDATION FOUNDATION All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 1 2 Warranty The warranty terms of this instrument that guaranteed are described in the quotation We will make any repairs that may become neces sary during the guaranteed term free of charge Please contact our sales office if this instrument requires repair f the instrument is faulty contact us with com plete details about the problem and the length of time it has been faulty and state the model and serial number We would appreciate the inclu sion of drawings or additional information The results of our examination will determine whether the meter will be repaired free of charge or on an at cost basis The guarantee will not apply in the following cases Damage due to negligence or insufficient main tenance on the part of the customer Problems or damage resulting from handling operation or storage that violates the intended use and specifications Problems that result from using or performing maintenance on the instrument in a location that does not comply with the installation location specified by Yokogawa
261. s describing tag information 3 STRATEGY 1 The strategy field is used by a high level system to identify the function block 4 ALERT KEY 1 Key information used to identify the location at which an alert occurred 5 MODE BLK 4 4 Integrator block mode O S MAN and AUTO are supported 6 BLOCK ERR 0 2 2 Indicates the active error conditions associated with the function block in bit strings 7 TOTAL SP 1000000 0 Auto 4 4 The setpoint of an integrated value or a start value for counting down 8 OUT MAN 5 5 The block output 1000000 0 9 OUT RANGE 11 Set scaling for output display This does not affect operation of the function block m E It is used for making memos 10 GRANT DENY 0 2 The parameter for checking if various operations have been executed Allows you to select a status related option STATUS_OPTS 0 os The Integrator block uses Uncertain if Man mode only 12 IN_1 0 0 Auto 5 5 Inputs flow Rate Accum signals from the AI block or PI block 13 0 0 Auto 5 5 14 OUT TRIP 0 2 2 An output parameter informing the user that the integrated value has exceeded the setpoint 15 OUT PTRIP 0 2 2 An output parameter informing the user that the integrated value is reaching the setpoint 16 TIME UNIT1 sec 1 MAN 1 Set the time unit of the rate kg s Ib min kg h etc of the 17 TIME UNIT2 1 MAN 1 corresponding IN 18 UNIT CONV 1 0 Auto Specify the unit conversion factor for standardizing the unit of IN
262. s in terms of capabilities 1 Without LC1 option Featuring six Al function blocks and two IT function blocks 2 With LC1 option A PID function block is added Using the wrong CFF file may result in an error when downloading the configured data to the device Also use the right DD files that accommo date the revision of the intended device 4 5 Reading the Parame ters To read ROTAMASS parameters select the AI block of the ROTAMASS from the host screen and read the OUT parameter The current flow rate is displayed Check that MODE BLOCK of the function block and resource block is set to AUTO 4 6 Continous Record of Values If the host has a function of continuously recording the indications use this function to list the indications values Depending on the host being used it may be necessary to set the schedule of Publish the function that transmits the indication on a periodic basis 4 7 Generation of Alarm If the host is allowed to receive alarms generation of an alarm can be attempted from the ROTAMASS In this case set the reception of alarms on the host side ROTAMASS s VCR 7 is factory set for this purpose For practical purposes all alarms are placed in a disabled status for this reason it is recommended that you first use one of these alarms on a trial basis Set the value of link object 3 index 30002 as 0 299 0 6 0 Refer to section 5 6 1 Link Object for details Since the LO PRI p
263. s of one language on request All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 8 17 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 8 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Remote Detector RCCS3 Model and Suffix Code RCCS30 Nominal Value 0 045 0 75 kg min RCCS31 Nominal Value 0 17 t h 2 8 kg min RCCS32 Nominal Value 0 37 th 6 2 kg min RCCS33 Nominal Value 0 95 t h 16 kg min RCCS34 Nominal Value 50kg min RCCS36 Nominal Value 10t h 170 kg min RCCS38 Nominal Value 32 t h 533 kg min RCCS39 Nominal Value 100 t h 1670 kg min RCCS39 IR Nominal Value 250 t h 4170 kg min RCCS39 XR Nominal Value 500 t h 8340 kg min select affiliated RCCF31 with HP Cable conduit connection M M20 x 1 female thread with cable glands with FS1 A ANSI 16 NPT female thread only with cable gland for detector connection not Process connection size 7 41 DN 15 7 947 see 25 1 DN 40 1 see DN 50 2 see DN 65 2 2 see DN 80 37 see DN 100 4 see DN 125 57 see DN 150 6 see DN 200 8 see Process connection rating and style ASME flange class 150 process connection dim facing acc ASME B16 5 ASME flange class 300 process connection dim facing acc ASME B16 5 ASME flange class 600 process connection dim facing acc ASME B16 5 ASME flange class 900 process connection dim facing acc ASME B16 5 ASME flange class 1500 process connection dim facing acc
264. set ALARM PERFORM bit5 to 0 16 Block is in Man mode W 26 Remedy Change the Al6 Block Mode Target Ale MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode Al6 Block is simulation mode W 46 Remedy Change the Al6 Simulation En Disable AI6 SIMULATE SIMULATE ENABLE to Disabled Al6 Block is not scheduled W 56 Remedy Make a schedule of AI6 Block Software or hardware simulation switch is ON Remedy Change the value of RB Sim Enable Message RB SIM ENABLE 50 or turn off the hardware simulation switch A 78 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 8 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM FIELDMATE AND PRM Figure A8 5 Others 2 DeviceViewer FT3004 x File Mode View Settings 4 Device Path Built in Connection Device Tag FT3004 Diagnostic Information Trend Information r Alarm Display Diagnostic Parameter List IT1 in 0 5 mode A 29 IT1 in Man mode W 27 IT1 Not Scheduled w 57 IT1 Conf Err W 71 1 1 Total Backup Err W 73 IT2 in OJS mode A 30 IT2 in Man mode W 28 IT2 Not Scheduled w 58 IT2 Conf Err W 72 IT2 Total Backup Err W 74 PID 0 5 mode A 31 PID in Bypass Mode W 61 Parameter List Title Parameter Name Value Unit Quality Mass Flow Value TBO1 MASS FL 0 077979 t h Good NC Non Volume Flow Value 1 VOLUME 0 000000 m3 h Good NC
265. sor calibration Depends on detector size For RCCF31 not combined with detector data for RCCS36 are stored IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 8 All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS Relative Index Parameter Name Factory Default Write Explanation Index Mode 22 2022 SENSOR_CAL_DATE O s Sets indicates the dates of the last sensor calibration 23 2023 SENSOR_CAL_WHO YOKOGAWA O s Sets indicates the name of the person responsible for the last sensor calibration 24 2024 linear with The linearization type of sensor output input 1 Rotamass is linear with input 25 2025 MASS FLOW VALUE 0 Mass flow value 26 2026 MASS FLOW VALUE RANGE Mass flow value range Depends on detector size 27 2027 MASS FLOW VALUE 3s Time constant of damping for the mass flow rate calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200 s 28 2028 MASS FLOW LOWCUT 0 O S Low cut value of the mass flow Setting range 0 to 10 of MASS FLOW VALUE RANGE EU100 29 2029 VOLUME FLOW VALUE Volume flow value 30 2030 VOLUME FLOW VALUE RANGE Volume flow value range Depends on detector size 31 2031 VOLUME FLOW VALUE FTIME 3s Time constant of damping for the volume flow rate calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200
266. stic No specification of Lo and Co in the certificate and on the label Cable The cable used to interconnect the devices needs to comply with the following parameters loop resistance R 15 150 O km inductance per unit length Lc 0 4 1 mH km capacitance per unit length Cc 80 200 nF km C C line line 0 5 C line screen if both lines are floating or C C line line C line screen if the screen is connected to one line length of spur cable max 30 m IIC and IIB length of trunk cable max 1 km IIC or 5 km IIB Terminators The terminator must be certified by a notified body as FISCO model and at each end of the trunk cable an approved line terminator with the following parameters is suitable R 90 100 O C 0 2 2 uF 0 8 1 2 pF is required in operation The resistor must be infallible according to IEC 60079 11 Number of Devices The number of devices max 32 possible on a fieldbus link depends on factors such as the power con sumption of each device the type of cable used use of repeaters etc 01R04BO05 OOE E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 24 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS 9 4 INMETRO Brazil RCCS3 with option US1 same as IECEx ES1 with options UF1 UF5 same as EF1 EF5 RCCR31 with options UF1 UF5 same as IECEx EF1 EF5 RCCRS31 with option US1 same as IECEx ES1 Same par
267. t is a discrete signal RESET Resets the integrated values It is a discrete signal RESET CONFIRM Reset confirmation input It is a discrete signal OUT Block output value and status OUT PTRIP Set if the target value exceeds PRE TRIP It is a discrete signal OUT TRIP Set if the target value exceeds TOTAL SP or 0 It is a discrete signal The integration block is classified into the following five sections for each function Input process section Determines the input value status converts the rate and accumulation and deter mines the input flow direction Adder Adds the two inputs e Integrator Integrates the result of the adder into the integrated value Output process section Determines the status and value of teach output parameter Reset process section Resets the integrated values 01804 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 16 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 4 2 Input process Section When executed the Integrator block first performs input processing in the order of Determining input status gt Converting rate or Accum gt Determining the input flow direction Switching between Convert Rate and Convert Accum is made using bit 0 for IN_1 or bit 1 for IN 2 of INTEG INTEG_OPTS is one of the system parameters and should be set by the user The values of IN 1 and IN 2 are not retained if t
268. tching of the connection from the control output OUT to the cascaded secondary function block The action to perform a bumpless transfer differs depending on the MODE BLK values 5 11 Setpoint Limiters Active setpoint limiters that limit the changes in the SP value differ depending on the block mode as follows A5 11 1 When PID Block Is in AUTO Mode When the value of MODE BLK is AUTO the four types of limiters are in force high limit low limit rate of increase limit and rate of decrease limit Setpoint High Low Limits e value larger than the value of SP HI cannot be set for SP A value smaller than the value of SP LO LIM cannot be set for SP Setpoint Rate Limits The setpoint rate limits are used to restrict the magnitude of changes in the SP value so as to change the SP value gradually towards a new setpoint An increase of the SP value at each execution period period of execution in the Block Head er is limited to the value of SP RATE UP decrease of the SP value at each execution period period of execution in the Block Head er is limited to the value of SP RATE DOWN 5 11 2 When PID Block Is in CAS or RCAS Mode By selecting Obey SP Limits if Cas or RCas in CONTROL OPTS see Section A5 13 1 the setpoint high low limits can be put into force also when the value of MODE BLK is CAS or RCAS All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa A5 12 External output Tracking Ex
269. temperature and process pressure limits of an instrument are marked on the nameplate as TS and PS The given temperature pressure ranges are calculated and approved without corrosion or erosion The customer is fully responsible to select proper materials to withstand his cor rosive or erosive conditions In case of heavy corrosion and or erosion the instrument may not withstand the pressure and an incident may happen with human and or environmental harm Yokogawa will not take any liability regarding damage caused by corrosion erosion If corrosion erosion may happen the user has to check periodically if the necessary wall thickness is still in place Gas Content Limits for Liquid Gas Mixtures Gas content limit is defined as the amount of gas in a liquid gas mixture which generates an error in the converter The gas content limit is dependent on viscosity surface tension and bubble size of the liquid gas mixture Furthermore it is highly flow rate dependent the higher the flow rate the lower the gas content limits The stated values are for a flow of 5096 of Qnom and water air without HP RCCS33 Ex type approx 35 With option HP the gas content limits are improved With liquid gas mixtures the specified mass flow accuracy will not be achieved For short time aeration a function can be activated to keep the current outputs constant during the aeration time Secondary Containment pressure pressure test Rocssoss __
270. ternal tracking is an action of outputting the value of the remote output TRK_VAL set from outside the PID block as illustrated in the figure below External tracking is performed when the block mode is LO TRK_VAL TRK SCALE OUT SCALE PID control E computation result o Ab gt OUT LO mode 0504 5 change the block mode to LO 1 Select Track Enable in CONTROL OPTS 2 Set TRK IN D to true However to change the block mode from MAN to LO Track in Manual must also be specified in CONTROL OPTS A5 13 Measured value Tracking Measured value tracking also referred to as SP PV tracking is an action to equalize the setpoint SP to the measured value PV when the block mode MODE BLK actual is MAN in order to pre vent a sudden change in control output from being caused by a mode change to AUTO While a cascade primary control block is perform ing the automatic or cascade control in the AUTO or CAS mode when the mode of its secondary control block is changed from CAS to AUTO the cascade connection is opened and the control action of the primary block stops The SP of the primary controller can be equalized to its cascade input signal CAS IN also in this case The settings for measured value tracking are made in the parameter CONTROL OPTS as shown in the table below All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK A5 13 1 CONTROL OPTS Options in CONTROL O
271. ters for 5th Variable Option Cxx 26 CONCENTR_MEAS_VALUE_FTIME Relative Index 42 Defines the damping time constant for the concentration meas value to be input to the concentration calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200 seconds Default 10 seconds 27 CONCENTR_MEAS_LOWCUT Relative Index 43 Sets the low cutoff concentration level Setting range Minimum flow rate 0 to 10 of CONCENTR MEAS VALUE RANGE EU 100 The default value is 0 Unit As selected SCALE UNITS INDEX Parameters for 6th Variable Option Cxx 28 FLOW VALUE FTIME Relative Index 46 Defines the damping time constant for the net flow rate to be input to the flow rate calculation Setting range 0 1 to 200 seconds Default 3 seconds 29 NET FLOW VALUE LOWCUT Relative Index 47 Sets the low cutoff net flow rate level Setting range Minimum flow rate O to 1096 of NET FLOW VALUE RANGE EU 100 The default value is O 96 Unit As selected 6 SCALE UNITS INDEX All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 5 21 01 04 05 00 th edition January 31 2014 00 5 CONFIGURATION Parameter for indication of actual and history errors alarms and warnings Name Description 0 0101 EO Frequency Fault 0 0102 Eo Signal Faut 0x0103 Eos EEPROM Faut 0 0104 Eo4 CPU 0005 E05 Faut 0x0106 06 sensor 1 Signal Fault 0x0107 E07 sensor 2
272. the self diagnostics function indicates that a device is faulty an alarm device alarm is issued from the resource block When an error block er ror is detected in each function block or an error in the process value process alarm is detected an alarm is issued from each block If an LCD indicator is installed the error number is displayed as E xx the alarm number is displayed a A xx and the warning is displayed as W xx If two or more alarms are issued multiple error numbers are displayed in 2 second intervals Indication of Alarm o detection 15 eile FLT TI FO601 EI Figure 6 1 Alarm Identification on Indicator All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 6 1 The error details corresponding to alarm indica tions on the LCD indicator and whether or not switches are provided to disable the correspond ing alarms are shown in Table 6 1 For the alarms for which an alarm mask switch is pro vided the default alarm settings are also shown Those alarms for which an alarm mask switch is not provided are enabled at all times For how to modify these mask switch statuses see Appendix 3 Operation of Each Parameter in Failure Mode 01804 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 6 IN PROCESS OPERATION Table 6 1 Alarm Indications and Alarm Mask Switches Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provi
273. tion 01 0 000000 wT Bad Out of Se Net Flow Value TBOL NET 0 000000 tjh Bad Out of Se Ready 2 Table 8 3 Configuration Mandatory RB in O S Mode A 21 Resource Block is in O S mode A 21 Remedy Change the RB Block Mode Target RB MODE BLK Target to Auto mode TB in O S Mode A 22 Transducer Block is in O S mode A 22 Remedy Change the TB Block Mode Target TB MODE BLK Target to Auto mode in O S Mode A 23 Block is in O S mode 23 Remedy Change the Block Mode Target Alt MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode If it is an unused function set ALARM PERFORM bitO to 0 AI2 Block is in O S mode A 24 Remedy Change the Al2 Block Mode Target Al2 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode If it is an unused function set ALARM PERFORM bit1 to 0 AI2 in O S Mode A 24 AI3 in O S Mode A 25 Block is in O S mode 25 Remedy Change the Block Mode Target AI3 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode If it is an unused function set ALARM PERFORM bit2 to 0 14 Block is O S mode A 26 Remedy Change the 14 Block Mode Target Al4 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other mode In a
274. tion Be specific in describing details on the failure and the process in which All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 1 INTRODUCTION the failure occurred It will be helpful if schematic diagrams and or records of data are attached to the failed instrument Whether or not the failed instrument should be repaired free of charge shall be left solely to the discretion of the Seller as a result of an inspection by the Seller The Purchaser shall not be entitled to receive re pair services from the Seller free of charge even during the warranty period if the malfunction or damage is due to improper and or inadequate maintenance of the instrument in question by the Purchaser handling use or storage of the instru ment in question beyond the design and or speci fications requirements use of the instrument in question in a location no conforming to the condi tions specified in the Seller s General Specification or Instruction Manual retrofitting and or repair by an other party than the Seller or a party to whom the Seller has entrusted repair services improper relocation of the instrument in question after delivery reason of force measure such as fires earthquakes storms floods thunder lightning or other reasons not attributable to the instrument in question For disposal and recycling please refer to your na tional regulations Please find following help After remove of all products rests the instruments can be
275. tion Initialization and manual fallback takes place automatically as a means of abnor mality handling when the following condition is met The quality component of BKCAL_IN status is Bad OR The quality component of BKCAL_IN status is Good c AND The sub status component of BKCAL_IN status is FSA LO NI or IR The user cannot manually change the mode to IMAN A mode transition to IMAN occurs only when the condition above is met IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 5 PID BLOCK A5 15 Manual Fallback Manual fallback denotes an action in which a PID block changes mode to MAN manual and sus pends the control action Manual fallback takes place automatically as a means of abnormality handling when the following condition is met IN status is Bad except when the control action bypass is on To enable the manual fallback action to take place when the above condition is met Target to Manual if BAD IN must be specified beforehand in STATUS_OPTS The table below shows the options in STATUS_ OPTS A5 15 1 STATUS_OPTS Options in D ipti STATUS OPTS Mab IFS if BAD IN Sets the sub status component of OUT status to IFS if IN status is Bad except when PID control bypass is on IFS if BAD CAS IN Sets the sub status component of OUT status to IFS if CAS IN status is Bad Does not regard IN as being in Bad status when IN status is Uncertain to prevent mode transiti
276. tion linear and quadratic thermal expansion coefficients must be either known or have to be determined prior to using this function For interacting liquids the Advanced Concentration Measurement options should be used these options can be ordered using the appropriate 1 concentration measurement option For more information please see TI 01 04 04 04 Concentration Measurement with ROTAMASS Rupture Disk The rupture disk is used as annunciation method in the case of tube rupture preferable for high pressure gas ser vice Practically a tube rupture Dual Seal of ROTAMASS is not known to the manufacturer For large sizes it cannot be expected that the full line pressure can be released via the rupture disk If this is requested please contact Yokogawa for a special execution Density measurement We offer 3 levels of density measurement The standard adjustment also K4 delivers an accuracy up to 0 001 g cms if the fluid density is around 1 However at elevated temperatures the density error may increase For option K4 the instrument is preheated ensuring long term stability However if high density stability is needed at high tem peratures option HT is recommended Option K6 includes preheating a full calibration at 3 different densities increased temperature measurement specification and individual ad justment of the fluid temperature dependency For more information please see TI 01R04B04 05E Density
277. total ATotal and RTotal values in the internal registers Total 0 ATotal 0 RTotal 0 3 Reset count increment Each time a reset is made the N_RESET parameter will be incremented The high limit is 999 999 and if this limit is exceeded the count returns to 0 4 Judging OUT TRIP and OUT PTRIP see A2 5 OUT TRIP and OUT PTRIP are judged again on the basis of the cleared integrated values There atre three options relating to a reset Confirm reset bit 8 of INTEG_OPTS ii Carry bit 6 of INTEG_OPTS iii Generate reset event bit 9 of INTEG_OPTS i Confirm reset bit 8 of INTEG_OPTS If this option is enabled the next reset is rejected until 1 is to RESET CONFIRM IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 A 24 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF ROTAMASS A1 4 7 List of Integrator Block Parameters Parameter Initial Write View Index Definition Name Value Mode 2 3 ITt TAG ITI Block Tag Information relating to this function block such as block tag BLOCK HEADER e OCK 2 0 DD revision execution time 1 ST REV 0 2 2 2 The revision level of the set parameters associated with the Integrator block 2 TAG DESC 5 Stores comment
278. tput to the mass flow rate signal and transfers to an Al function block All Rights Reserved Copyright O 2005 Rota Yokogawa 3 1 Converts the flow sensor output to the process fluid density and transfers to an Al function block AI3 Converts temperature sensor output to the process fluid temperature and transfers to an AI function block Al4 Calculates the volumetric flow rate from the fluid density and the mass flow rate and transfers to an Al function block 12 3 AI function blocks six The AI blocks condition raw data from the transducer block including scaling and damp ing with a first order lag and allow input simulation outputs mass flow rate signals and AI2 outputs volumetric flow rate signals AI3 outputs density signals and outputs temperature signals Al5 outputs concentration measurement signals option and AI6 outputs net flow rate signals option 4 IT Integrator blocks two 1 totalizes mass volume or net flow rate 2 totalizes mass volume or net flow rate 5 PID function block optional Performs the PID computation based on the deviation of the measured value from the set point IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 3 ABOUT FIELDBUS 3 3 Logical Structure of Each Block System network management VFD PD iag E fn Function block executior schedule Function block VFD Rotamass
279. ture version 200 C lt T medium Extended temperature range 70 C lt T 50 lt T medium medium Special Calibration Custom 5 pts mass volume flow calibration using water with factory certificate traceable to German national standards Density adjustment thermal treatment accuracy 0 001 g cm only RCCS31 to 39 not with GA Custom 10 pts mass volume flow calibration using water with DAKKS certificate according EN 17025 2005 Density calibration with 3 different fluids incl individual temperature compensation only RCCS32 to 39 not with GA only available if with certificate accuracy 0 0005 g cm converter is also ordered Certificates Certificate of compliance with the order acc to EN 10204 2004 2 1 As P2 Test report acc to EN 10204 2004 2 2 QIC Material certificate acc to EN 10204 2004 3 1 Pressure test report measuring system Oil and fat free for wetted surface acc to ASTM G93 03 level C WPS acc DIN EN ISO 15609 1 Welding Procedure Specification only for butt weld between process connection and flow WPQR DIN EN ISO 15614 1 Welder Performance Qualification Record divider not for HC WQC acc DIN EN 287 1 Welder Qualification Certificate Sanitary Type Surface roughness Ra 0 8 um only RCCS34 to 39 not with RCCS34 K4 RCCS34 K6 and RCCS34 LT only process connections S2 S4 S8 As SF1 Test report roughness of wetted parts as SF1 As SF2 3A declaration of conformity and 3A
280. ue The primary analog value calculated as a result of executing the function 4409 4509 SIMULATE Disabled AUTO Allows the transducer analog input or output to the block to be manually supplied when simulate is enabled When simulation is disabled the simulate value and status track the actual value and status 1 Disabled 2 Active 10 4410 4510 XD SCALE Specifiedat the time of order O S The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point used with the value obtained from the transducer for a specified channel Refer to 5 6 4 AI Function Block Parameters for the unit available 0 to 65535 The number lies except decimal point 11 4411 4511 OUT SCALE Specifiedat the time of order O S The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point to be used in displaying the OUT parameter and parameters which have the same scaling as OUT Refer to 5 6 4 Al Function Block Parameters for the unit available 12 4412 4512 GRANT DENY 0x00 AUTO Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 13 4413 4513 IO OPTS 0 0000 O S Options which the user may select to alter input and output block processing bit 6 Low cutoff 14 4414 4514 STATUS OPTS
281. umper switch is mounted on the ROTAMASS amplifier This is to prevent the accidental operation of this function When this is switched on simulation is enabled See Figure 6 2 To initiate the same action from a re mote terminal if REMOTE LOOP TEST SWITCH is written to SIM ENABLE MSG index 1044 pa rameter of the resource block the resulting action is the same as is taken when the above switch is on Note that this parameter value is lost when the power is turned off In simulation enabled status an alarm is generated from the resource block and other device alarms will be masked for this reason the simulation must be disabled im mediately after using this function The SIMULATE parameter of AI block consists of the elements listed in Table 6 3 below Table 6 3 SIMULATE Parameter Parameters Description Simulate Status Sets the data status to be simulated Simulate Value Sets the value of the data to be simulated 3 Transducer Status Displays the data status from the transducer block It cannot be changed 4 Transducer Value Displays the data value from the transducer block It cannot be changed 5 Simulate En Disable Controls the simulation function of this block 1 Disabled standard 2 Active simulation TO603 EPS When Simulate En Disable in Table 6 3 above is set to Active the applicable function block uses the simulation value set in this parameter instead of th
282. ut insulation 9 2 2 Installation Integral type RCCTS Hazardous area Safe area Power supply Rotamass RCCT3 control 8 E F91 EPS All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa 9 11 IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 9 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS Remote type RCCS3 with RCCF31 Hazardous area Safe area RCCF31 Power supply I O control F92 EPS N CAUTION The flowmeter must be connected to the potential equalization system For remote type Converter and detector case must have connection to the potential equalisation facility For remote type at ambient temperature up to 60 C 140 F use remote cable RCCY031 or RCCY032 For remote type at ambient temperature up to 80 C 176 F use remote cable RCCYOS3 Maximum length of remote cable is 50 m 164 ft Specified maximum ambient temperature of cables power supply and remote cable must be 20 C 41 F above maximum ambient temperature of flowmeter For AC version maximum power supply is 250 V AC Install according National Electrical Code Intrinsically safe circuits must be installed according NEC ANSI NPFA 70 amd ISA RP 12 6 Use certified XP explosion proof cable glands for power supply and I O Please confirm that the ground terminal inside the terminal enclosure is firmly connected by means of a clip on eye let For EMC
283. value of TOTAL_SP and PRE_TRIP and generates discrete output signals OUT_TRIP or OUT_PTRIP when the limits are reached The output ia as represented by the following equation for counting upward and rate conversion OUT Value Integration start value Total Total Total Current Integral Current Integral x y At X IN 1 value whose unit has been converted y IN_2 value whose unit has been converted At block execution period A1 4 1 Schematic Diagram of Integrator Block The following shows the schematic diagram of the integrator block INTEG_OPTS INPUT TYPE 9 TIME UNIT1 INTEG TYPE zi INTEG OPTS QUALITY 59 1 Convert Rate 2 Reverse GOOD LIM O Forward UNCERT_LIM Convert Accum INTEG OPTS FLOW TYPE Q CLOCK_PER PULSE Q REV_FLOW1 s Integrate N RESET INTEG_OPTS OUT INPUT TYPE TOTAL RTOTAL TIME_UNIT2 5 PRE TRIP Convert Rate a Reverse INTEG_OPTS 9 2 5 0 6 CARRY OUT PTRIP 25 O OUT_TRIP O O O Forward Convert Accum Convert Accum UNIT_CONV O OP_CMD_INT MAN TOTAL SP Q O O RESET REV_FLOW2 5 PULSE VAL2 _ RESET_IN o o FA0201 EPS Figure 2 1 Integrator block IN_1 Block input 1 value and status IN_2 Block input 2 value and status REV_FLOW1 Indicates whether the sign of IN_1 is reversed It is a discrete signal REV_FLOW2 Indicates whether the sign of IN_2 is reversed I
284. ve scheduler There must be at least one LM on a segment When the LAS on a segment has failed another LM on the same segment starts working as the LAS There are 3 LMs on this segment Node address 0 10 SlotTime 5 LM LM Basic device Basic device Basic device Basic device Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address 0x15 0x16 OxF1 OxF2 OxF3 OxF4 SlotTime 5 SlotTime 5 FA0601 EPS Figure A7 1 Example of Fieldbus configuration 3 LMs on Same Segment All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa A 65 IM 01804805 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A73 Transfer of LAS There are two procedures for an LM to become the LAS e LM whose value of V ST 3V TN is the smallest on a segment with the exception of the current LAS judges that there is no LAS on the segment in such a case as when the segment has started up or when the current LAS has failed the LM declares itself as the LAS then becomes the LAS With this procedure an LM backs up the LAS as shown in the following figure The LM whose value of V ST 3V TN is the smallest on a segment with the exception of the current LAS requests the LAS on the same segment to transfer the right of being the LAS then becomes the In the event that the current LAS in this segment node address 0 10 fails the LM with the address of 0x15 takes its place to be
285. vv MAIA v LY c MIIA LE L MIIA LS JojouleJed 1 5 8 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Rota Yokogawa IM 01RO4B05 00E E 4th edition January 31 2014 00 5 CONFIGURATION L 0832 10 89 04 L 0832 49 69 L 18 99 89 L 99 49 L dS v9 99 8 dS 9 S9 15781 090 29 79 X3QNI SLINN LLI dS 1VINIO3G dS LLI TVINIO3G dS a a a a a a a LAN 1VWIO3G dS SVAW HIN3ONOO T T 3univH3diWa3l 1vWIO3G ALISN3G 1VWIO3G SSVIN 199135 dsid 199135 124145 dsid 10313S SLINA ALIOOTSA ANIWA ALIDOT3A LNOMOT MOT LAN LAN LAN LIN LNOMOT SVAW HIN3ONOO AWILS SV3W YLNSONOO H H1N3ONOO SV3W HIN39NOO LL
286. w accuracy applies if the batch pro cess is 1 minute For shorter batch time At in s the accu racy decreases with the quare root of 60 At For short batches the opening and closing times of the valves have to be greater than 2 seconds Option Accuracy Certificate Application Standard 0 0015 g cm to Standard mass flow Standard adjustment with water and air 0 008 g cm factory calibration Density constants given in mass flow certificate certificate Standard mass flow Thermal treatment of the sensor and special hardware design Standard adjustment with water and air Density constants given in mass flow Option K4 x 0 001 g cm factory calibration certificate certificate Option K6 0 0005 g cm Separate factory density calibration certificate IM 01 04 05 00 4th edition January 31 2014 00 Thermal treatment of the sensor and special hardware design Density calibration with 3 different liquids Process medium up to 150 C for higher Individual adjustment of the fluid temperature dependency Process medium and environment are approximately at room temperature the density range is 0 9 to 1 1 Improved volume flow accuracy Process medium up to 150 C for higher temperature select option MT or HT Density range is 0 9 to 1 1 kg l Density and concentration measurement in addition to the mass flow temperature select option HT
287. which a periodic reset is made 31 PRE TRIP 100000 0 Auto Set an allowance applied before an integrated value exceeds the setpoint 32 N RESET 0 0 4 Indicates the number of resets in the range of 0 to 999999 The ratio of the integrated values of the absolute values of the increments whose status is 33 PCT INCL 0 0 4 Good to the integrated values of the absolute values of the increments irrelevant to the status Equation The threshold value of the ratio of the integrated values of whose 34 GOOD_LIM 0 0 status is Good to all integrated values in which the status of OUT is Good 5 threshold value of the ratio of the integrated values of the increments whose 35 JUNCERT Auto status is Good to all the integrated values in which the status of OUT is Uncertain 36 OP CMD INT 0 Auto 1 Operator command that resets integrated values Maximum time for which values can be retained in the event of power failure 37 OUTAGE_LIM 99 It does not effect block operation Reset confirmation input which is enabled when the Confirm reset option of 38 CONFIRM 0 Auto 2 INTEG_OPTS is chosen 1 1 39 UPDATE EVT 0 Indicates event information if an update event occurs 0 0 1 1 40 BLOCK ALM 0 Indicates alarm information if a block alarm occurs 0 0 41 TOTAL 0 0 Auto 4 Accumulated integrated values no extension parameter is reset TA0206 2 EPS A 26 All Ri
288. writing true to this parameter in a device is rejected if the value of the same param eter in any other device that has a smaller node address within the same segment is true 4 LiveListStatusArray Variable A 32 byte variable in which each bit represents the status of whether a device on the same seg ment is live or not The leading bit corresponds to the device address 0x00 and final bit to OxFF The value of LiveListStatusArrayVariable in the case where devices having the addresses Ox10 and 0x15 in the fieldbus segment is shown below IM 01804805 0 4th edition January 31 2014 00 0x00 00 84 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Bit correspondences 00000000000 0x00 0000010000100 0x10 0x15 5 MaxTokenHoldTimeArray An 8 by 64 byte array variable in which each set of 2 bytes represents the delegation time set as an octet time assigned to a device The delega tion time denotes a time period that is given to a device by means of a PT message sent from the LAS within each token circulation cycle The leading 2 bytes correspond to the device address 0 00 and the final 2 bytes to the device address OxFF Specify the subindex to access this parameter 6 BootOperatFunctionalClass Writing 1 to this parameter in a device and restart ing the device causes the device to start as a basic device On the contrary writing 2 to this parameter and restart
289. your Yokogawa affiliate or directly Rota Yokogawa Germany Heat Tracing and Insulation Basically the detector can be insulated by the customer To be sure not to overheat the connection box choose one of TL options insulation or heat tracing from Yokogawa or 152 For process temperatures between 150 C and 230 C RCCS34 39 XR or 260 C RCCS30LR 33 choose MT option and remote installation If Rotamass detector with MT or HT is not insulated the accuracy specification can not be guaranteed The converter should not be exceeded more than 50 C Therefore never insulate the converter and keep the neck free from insulation too Yokogawa will not take any liability regarding customer insulation Relations between Options MT S2 and T1 T2 T3 The meters with high temperature options MT HT can be insulated either by the customer by using option S2 prolonged neck or by the factory through options 0 The options already include the option S2 so that the S2 option can not be selected in case of the options If the meter is not properly insulated by the customer the accuracy specification can not be guaranteed Installation above 100 C Process Temperature To provide enough cooling the instrument should be installed vertically or horizontally with the converter down This is recommended for size RCCT S36 and larger without option Installation below 0 C Process Temperature Th

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Operating Instructions  Dak`art 2014 - Culturadakar  Original- Bedienungsanleitung  Samsung Минисистема с Giga Sound MX-D730D Инструкция по использованию  s o m m a i r e - Cezam Rhône  Manual de usuario Mitrastar HGW-2501GN-R2.      Philips PPF683E  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file